Rigrunner online cat 15

gel

elect

roph

ores

is

visualisation & documentation

BLOTTING OPTIONS

POW

ER S

UPPL

IES

life science equipmenthorizontal gel systems

RigRunner

vertical slab gel

• MICROCENTRIFUGES

• HYBRIDISATION INCUBATORS

• ROCKERS & SHAKERS

• THERMAL CYCLERS

• SINGLE & MULTICHANNEL PIPETTES

• HEATING & COOLING

• SAMPLE LABELING SYSTEMS

• RADIATION SAFETY

• BALANCES

RigRunneRSETTING A NEW STANDARD

IN HORIZONTAL ELECTROPHORESIS

INJECTION MOULDED CONSTRUCTION

Durable, leak-proof environment for complete safety and long life

CASSETTE TYPE ELECTRODES

Inexpensive, easy to replace.

Made of 99.99% corrosion resistant, pure platinum

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Lid can be located in one way only.

On removal, power is disconnected from buffer chamber

MULTIPLE GEL TRAYS

Eliminate the need for additional gel tanks

UNIQUE GEL COOLING SYSTEM

EASY CLICK LID REMOVAL

Casting dams allow gels to be rapidlycast externally while the RigRunnerunit is in use for gel running

plug and go ge cas ng

unique ge coo ng sys em

Removable gel table allows a CoolPack to sit in buffer above the gel, to provide enhanced gel resolution and faster run time

Reversible loading guides sitdirectly above each well toprovide a convenient loadingtemplate for single- andmulti-channel pipettes

Flexicasters allow the castingof gels of varying length simplyby locking the moveable dam.

Adjustable feet and levelbubble allow gels of uniform

thickness to be poured.

comb/loading guides

flexicas ers

feat

ures

2

H-MAXI

H-MINI

H-SELECT

H-MIDI

The RigRunner H-series of Horizontal Gel Units offers the most versatile solution for DNA

and RNA agarose gel electrophoresis currently available. All five units offer an unsurpassed

combination of economy of gel and buffer volume, with gel size and sample number versatility. Gel

size and sample number requirements can be exactly matched in each unit, with the option of additional

gel tray sizes. This eliminates the need for multiple gel tanks for changes in gel size or application.

All units feature removable UV transparent trays. For optimum value and versatility, systems are

available with one, two or three tray options (dependent on model). Easy to use, leak proof ‘plug and

go’ gel casting dams are included as standard to allow gels to be rapidly cast while the RigRunner

unit is in use for gel running. With no indentations or casting gate grooves in the tray to interfere

with sample progression, traditional tape casting can be used, if preferred.

Although lid connectors are compatible with most major power supplies, when required, adapters areavailable to provide complete compatibility.

Corrosion resistant,99.99% pure platinum

electrodes and goldplated terminals - easily

replaced, ensuringminimum repair times

Retractableconnectors compatible

with most majorpower supplies

All units are CE marked and are in conformity

with the relevant CE Safety Directives:

73/23/EEC: LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE: IEC

61010-1:2001. EN 61010-1:2001;

89/336/EEC EMC DIRECTIVE: EN55011

Emissions, EN50082-1 Immunity.

Available for each unit size,gel scoops offer a safe andeasy way to transport gelsto a UV Transilluminator

White PVC platformcover and red loadingguides can be optionallyapplied to improve wellvisibility

Trays are UV transparent.Gel trays are free ofindentations or castinggate channels which caninterfere with sampleprogression

• five thicknesses, colour coded

black: 0.75mm for ultra resolved bandswhite: 1mm supplied as standardred: 1.5mm for maximising sample volumeblue: 2mm for maximising sample volume

• options for Sample Prep

• options for Multi-Channel Pipette Compatibility

The number of samples can be maximised using hightooth number combs

combsfeat

ures

UV transparent GEL SCOOPS

UV transparent GEL TRAYS

3

1-32 (7x7cm) a 1-64 (7x10cm) b

1-50 (10x7cm) a 1-100 (10x10cm) b

1-70 (15x7cm) a 1-140 (15x10cm) b 1-210 (15x15cm) c

1-280 (15x20cm) † 1-350 (15x25cm) ††

MS7/10-FC: 1 tray MS15/20-FC: 2 trays* MS26-FC: 3 trays*

MS7/10-FC: 1 tray MS15/20-FC: 1 tray MS26-FC: 3 trays*

MS15/20-FC: 1 tray MS26-FC: 1 tray


Unit Dimensions (w x l x h)

Active Gel Size (w x l) /Corresponding Gel Tray

Sample Capacity

Tank Buffer Volume

Buffer Rec rculation

Plug-and-Go Casting DamsSupplied

Flexicaster Options & Tray Capacity

Typical Running Conditions

Bromophenol Blue Migration

The preferred option for quicksample checks, particularlyfollowing re striction digestionduring cloning. Its slim tray format makes the H MINI a veryeconomical choice forseparation of up to 64 samples.

These units offer the same trayslengths, but in a wider format, torun more samples just aseconomically as in the H MINIunder similar runningconditions.

Wide format system with 2 3times the sample capacity asthe H MIDI and H MINI units. Acomprehensive selection ofcombs provides full flexibility forpreparatory and screeningtechniques. Suitable for cloningand mini prep analysis.

A ‘stretched’ version of the HCHOICE, this system is perfectfor extended high resolutionseparations of samples from96 well microplates and blocks,using its 15x20cm and15x25cm gel trays and four 28sample multichannel compatiblecombs. May also be used forroutine preparatory techniques.

9 x 21 x 9cm 12.5 x 22 x 9cm 17.5 x 26.5 x 9cm 17.5 x 41 x 9cm

7x7cm / MS7-UV7 7x10cm / MS7-UV10

10x7cm / MS10-UV7 10x10cm / MS10-UV10

15x7cm / MS15-UV7 15x10cm / MS15-UV1015x15cm / MS15-UV20

15x20cm / MS15- UVST20 15x25cm / MS15- UVST25

Yes, 1 pair Yes, 1 pair Yes, 1 pair Yes, 1 pair

80V, 45-60 minutes 90V, 45-60 minutes 90-150V, 60-90 minutes 100-150V, 60-90 minutes

225ml 300ml 500ml 1000ml

~4-5cm/h at 80V ~4-5cm/h at 90V ~4-7cm/h at 90-150V ~4-6cm/h at 100-150V

RigRunner selection guide

H-MINI H-MIDI H-SELECT H-SELECTST

No No

MS15LID-BP MS15STLID-BP

Recommended for high voltage applications or extended runs.Requires modified lid with 2 buffer recirculation ports. Available

on request as per part numbers below: -

a Assumes 1 2 combs per gel; b Assumes 1 4 combs per gel;; c Assumes 1 6 combs per gel;; d Assumes 1 9 combs per gel;

e Assumes 1 11 combs per gel; f Assumes 1 12 combs per gel; † Assumes 1 8 combs per gel;; †† Assumes 1 10 combs per gel

* Assumes multiSUB™ trays are of the same length (e.g two MS7 UV7) and arranged side by side.

5

1-200 (20x10cm) b 1-350 (20x15cm) c 1-450 (20x20cm) d 1-550 (20x25cm) e

28-336 (26x16cm) c 28-504 (26x24cm) e 28-672 (26x32cm) f

1-40 (10x8cm) a 96 samples plus 12 (1 lane) or 24 (2 lanes) marker wells

8-126 (8x6cm) g 8-198 (8x12cm) e 8-306 (8x24cm) h


MS26-FC: 1 tray No No MSUB4EXCASTER: 4 trays

Large-format system versatileenough to be used for routinepreparatory and high-throughputtechniques. Combs with spacingcompatible with fixed multichan-nel pipettes simplify loading from96-well microplates and thermalcycler blocks. Suitable for RFLPanalysis, Southern and northernblotting applications, and DNAlibrary and PCR fragment analyses.

Supplied with six 28-samplemultichannel compatible combs,with well-spacing that favoursdirect loading. The content of atleast one 96-well microplate orthermal cycler block may bescreened in a single gel. Standardcombs may be exchanged for 56-sample versions to double thesample capacity. A dedicatedsystem for all high- throughputscreening applications.

An ultra-compact self-containedsystem for routine molecularbiology procedures and quickchecks of samples. Buffer and gelvolumes kept to a minimum tomaximise current and separationspeed.

96-well comb block and specialisedtray replicate the format and well-spacing of microplates and thermalcycler blocks. Offset wellconfiguration and short separationdistance (1.8cm) allow samples tobe run within 15-30 minutes. Idealsystem for rapid screening of up to96 PCR-fragment lengthpolymorphisms. Stretch versionsavailable with extended 3.6cmseparation distance to doublecapacity.

Separates up to 1200 samples inas little as 15 minutes, over a short1cm separation distance, in 4stacked horizontal gel trays. Arelatively small footprint area, plusthe capacity to run 4 gels in 1 tank,saves on valuable laboratory benchspace as well as resources.

20x10cm / MS20-UV10 20x15cm / MS20-UV15 20x20cm / MS20-UV20 20x25cm / MS20-UV25

26x16cm / MS26-UV16 26x24cm / MS26-UV24 26x32cm / MS26-UV32

10x8cm / in-built tray 10x12cm / MS10-UV96 10x24cm / MS10- UV96ST

8x6cm / MSUB4UV6 8x12cm / MSUB4UV12 8x18cm / MSUB4UV18

Yes, 1 pair No – supplied with dedicatedH-SCREEN flexicaster; See MS26-FC

No No No

100-150V, 60-90 minutes 100-150V, 90-120 minutes 50V, 30-60 minutes 90V, 15-30 minutes 100-150V, 15-30 minutes

1200ml 1400ml 50ml 300ml (H-MIDI96) 700ml (H-MIDI96ST)

200ml: 1 tray 400ml: 2 trays 600ml: 3 trays 800ml: 4 trays

23 x 39.5 x 9cm 28 x 50 x 9cm 15 x 15 x 4cm 12.5 x 22 x 9cm (H-MIDI96) 12.5 x 46.5 x 8cm (H-MIDI96ST)

11 x 35 x 16cm

~4-6.5cm/h at 100-150V ~4-6cm/hr at 100-150V ~4cm/hr at 50V ~4-5cm/h at 90V ~4-6cm/hr at 100-150V

H-MAXI H-SCREEN H-MICRA H-MIDI96 H-STACK4

As for H-SELECT andH-SELECTST

MS20LID-BP

Yes – buffer recirculation portsincluded as standard

No No No

6

CODE DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME FOR

A 5MM THICK GEL

MS7-1-0.75 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 0.75mm thick 152µlMS7-2-0.75 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 68µlMS7-4-0.75 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 36µlMS7-8MC-0.75 Comb 8 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 8µlMS7-8-0.75 Comb 8 sample, 0.75mm thick 19µlMS7-10-0.75 Comb 10 sample, 0.75mm thick 14µlMS7-12MC-0.75 Comb 12 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 10µlMS7-16-0.75 Comb 16 sample, 0.75mm thick 7µl

MS7-1-1 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1mm thick 203µlMS7-2-1 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1mm thick 90µlMS7-4-1 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1mm thick 48µlMS7-8MC-1 Comb 8 sample MC, 1mm thick 11µlMS7-8-1 Comb 8 sample, 1mm thick 25µlMS7-10-1 Comb 10 sample, 1mm thick 18µlMS7-12MC-1 Comb 12 sample MC, 1mm thick 14µlMS7-16-1 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick 10µl


A 5MM THICK GEL

MS7-1-1.5 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1.5mm thick 304µlMS7-2-1.5 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 135µlMS7-4-1.5 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 72µlMS7-8MC-1.5 Comb 8 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 17µlMS7-8-1.5 Comb 8 sample, 1.5mm thick 37µlMS7-10-1.5 Comb 10 sample, 1.5mm thick 27µlMS7-12MC-1.5 Comb 12 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 20µlMS7-16-1.5 Comb 16 sample, 1.5mm thick 15µl

MS7-1-2 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 2mm thick 405µlMS7-2-2 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 2mm thick 180µlMS7-4-2 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 2mm thick 96µlMS7-8MC-2 Comb 8 sample MC, 2mm thick 23µlMS7-8-2 Comb 8 sample, 2mm thick 50µlMS7-10-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 36µlMS7-12MC-2 Comb 12 sample MC, 2mm thick 27µlMS7-16-2 Comb 16 sample, 2mm thick 20µl

RRMINI7 RigRunner H-MINI, 7 x 7cm UV Tray, 2 x 8 sample combs, loading guides and dams

RRMINI10 RigRunner H-MINI, 7 x 10cm UV Tray, 2 x 8 sample combs, loading guides and dams

RRMINIDUO RigRunner H-MINI DUO, 7 x 7cm & 7 x 10cm UV Tray, 2 x 8 sample combs, loading guides and dams

ORDERING INFORMATION

MS7-UV7 7 x 7cm UV TrayMS7-UV10 7 x 10cm UV TrayMS7-PE Positive ElectrodeMS7-NE Negative ElectrodeMS7-UVDAM Casting Dams, pk/2

MS7-LG Adhesive Loading GuidesMS7-WP Viewing PlatformMS7-UVS 7cm UV Gel ScoopMSMINICP Cool-pack and Platform

MSMINIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks, pk/2,saves 100ml of buffer

MS7/10-FC Flexicaster for RigRunner H-MINI / H-MIDI

Colou

r

Colou

r

MC = multichannel pipette compatible

RigRunner H-MINI is intended for low to medium numbers ofsamples. The small gel size maximisesrun economy but does not compromiseversatility with two tray options beingavailable – 7 x 7cm and 7 x 10cm, andcombs ranging from preparative up to16 samples. Simply by altering the geltray or comb, this compact unit iscapable of resolving up to 64 differentsamples, prepping 1ml of sample orseparating sample bands over adistance of 9cm.

Flexicaster allowscasting of gel

lengths up to 10cm

physically reduce thevolume of a gel chamber

and so reduce bufferrequirements, saving cost

Flexicaster BUFFER SAVER BLOCKS

Designed for quick checks of lowto medium numbers of samples

GEL DIMENSIONS, 7 X 7CM (W X L) 7 X 10CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS 21 X 9 X 9CM (W X D X H)

MAX. SAMPLE 7 X 7CM TRAY – 32 SAMPLES

CAPACITY 7 X 10CM TRAY – 64 SAMPLES

BUFFER VOLUME 225ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 2, 4, 8MC, 8, 10, 12MC, 16THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM

Technical Specifications

Typical Applications

• AVAILABLE WITH 7 X 7CM, 7 X 10CM OR WITH BOTH GEL TRAYS

• ECONOMIC LOW GEL AND BUFFER

VOLUMES

• SMALL LAB BENCH FOOTPRINT

H-MINI

7

Ideal for quick checks of samplesfrom PCR and cloning

GEL DIMENSIONS, 10 X 7CM (W X L) 10 X 10CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS 22 X 12.5 X 9CM (W X D X H)



BUFFER VOLUME 300ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1,2,4,8,10MC,12,16, 20MC, 25THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM




A 5MM THICK GEL

MS10-1-0.75 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 0.75mm thick 270µlMS10-2-0.75 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 118µlMS10-4-0.75 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 57µlMS10-8-0.75 Comb 8 sample, 0.75mm thick 30µlMS10-10MC-0.75 Comb 10 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 20µlMS10-12-0.75 Comb 12 sample, 0.75mm thick 17µlMS10-16-0.75 Comb 16 sample, 0.75mm thick 12µlMS10-20MC-0.75 Comb 20 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 10µlMS10-25-0.75 Comb 25 sample, 0.75mm thick 7µl

MS10-1-1 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1mm thick 360µlMS10-2-1 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1mm thick 158µlMS10-4-1 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1mm thick 77µlMS10-8-1 Comb 8 sample, 1mm thick 41µlMS10-10MC-1 Comb 10 sample MC, 1mm thick 27µlMS10-12-1 Comb 12 sample, 1mm thick 23µlMS10-16-1 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick 16µlMS10-20MC-1 Comb 20 sample MC, 1mm thick 14µlMS10-25-1 Comb 25 sample, 1mm thick 10µl


A 5MM THICK GEL

MS10-1-1.5 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1.5mm thick 540µlMS10-2-1.5 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 236µlMS10-4-1.5 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 115µlMS10-8-1.5 Comb 8 sample, 1.5mm thick 61µlMS10-10MC-1.5 Comb 10 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 41µlMS10-12-1.5 Comb 12 sample, 1.5mm thick 34µlMS10-16-1.5 Comb 16 sample, 1.5mm thick 24µlMS10-20MC-1.5 Comb 20 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 20µlMS10-25-1.5 Comb 25 sample, 1.5mm thick 15µl

MS10-1-2 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 2mm thick 720µlMS10-2-2 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 2mm thick 315µlMS10-4-2 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 2mm thick 153µlMS10-8-2 Comb 8 sample, 2mm thick 81µlMS10-10MC-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 54µlMS10-12-2 Comb 12 sample, 2mm thick 45µlMS10-16-2 Comb 16 sample, 2mm thick 32µlMS10-20MC-2 Comb 20 sample MC, 2mm thick 27µlMS10-25-2 Comb 25 sample, 2mm thick 20µl

RRMIDI7 RigRunner H-MIDI, 10 x 7cm UV Tray, 2 x 16 sample combs, loading guides and dams

RRMIDI10 RigRunner H-MIDI, 10 x 10cm UV Tray, 2 x 16 sample combs, loading guides and dams

RRMIDIDUO RigRunner H-MIDI DUO, 10 x 7cm & 10 x 10cm UV Tray, 2 x 16 sample combs, loading guides and dams

MS10-UV7 10 x 7cm UV TrayMS10-UV10 10 x 10cm UV TrayMS10-PE Positive ElectrodeMS10-NE Negative ElectrodeMS10-UVDAM Casting Dams, pk/2

MS10-LG Adhesive Loading GuidesMS10-WP Viewing PlatformMS10-UVS 10cm UV Gel ScoopMS7/10-FC Flexicaster for RigRunner H-MINI / H-MIDIMSMIDICP Cool-Pack and Platform

MSMIDIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks, pk/2, saves 100ml of buffer

Colou

r

Colou

r


With gel tray options of 10 x 7cmand 10 x 10cm, RigRunner H-MIDIis also intended for routinehorizontal gel electrophoresis.Extending only the width of this unitallows more samples to be resolved pergel than the H-MINI without a significantincrease in buffer or gel volumes.

A maximum of 100 samples per gel canbe resolved making this unit ideal forthose routinely checking mediumnumbers of samples over short tomedium gel run lengths.

allow easy wellidentification and

sample loading

molecular gradeagarose

MINI/MIDIADHESIVE loading guides

• AVAILABLE WITH 10 X 7CM, 10 X 10CM OR WITH BOTH GEL TRAYS

• RUN UP TO 100 SAMPLES

• LOW BUFFER VOLUMES

• IDEAL FOR RAPID ELECTROPHORESIS


H-MIDI

8

Ideal for analysis of up to 96 PCR-fragment length polymorphismsloaded from 96-well microplates orthermal cycler blocks

GEL DIMENSIONS, 15 X 7CM 15 X 10CM(W X L) 15 X 15CM 15 X 20CM 15 X 25CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS 26.5 X 17.5 X 9CM (W X D X H) 41 X 17.5 X 9CM (STRETCH MODELS ONLY)

MAX. SAMPLE 15 X 7CM TRAY – 70 SAMPLESCAPACITY 15 X 10CM TRAY – 140 SAMPLES 15 X 15CM TRAY – 210 SAMPLES 15 X 20CM TRAY – 280 SAMPLES 15 X 25CM TRAY – 350 SAMPLES

BUFFER VOLUME SELECT 500ML SELECT STRETCH 1000ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 2, 4, 10, 10MC, 12, 14MC, 16MC, 18MC, 20, 28MC, 30MC, 35THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM



8

CODE DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME FOR A 5MM THICK GEL

MS15-1-0.75 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 0.75mm thick 371µlMS15-2-0.75 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 169µlMS15-4-0.75 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 91µlMS15-10-0.75 Comb 10 sample, 0.75mm thick 34µlMS15-12-0.75 Comb 12 sample, 0.75mm thick 30µlMS15-16MC-0.75 Comb 16 sample MC 0.75mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 16µlMS15-20-0.75 Comb 20 sample 0.75mm thick 7µlMS15-10MC-0.75 Comb 10 sample MC 0.75mm thick 22µlMS15-14MC-0.75 Comb 14 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 22µlMS15-18MC-0.75 Comb 18 sample MC, 0.75mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 20µlMS15-28MC-0.75 Comb 28 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 8µlMS15-30MC-0.75 Comb 30 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 8µlMS15-35-0.75 Comb 35 sample, 0.75mm thick 9µl

MS15-1-1 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1mm thick 495µlMS15-2-1 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1mm thick 225µlMS15-4-1 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1mm thick 122µlMS15-10-1 Comb 10 sample, 1mm thick 45µlMS15-12-1 Comb 12 sample 1mm thick 41µlMS15-16MC-1 Comb 16 sample 1mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 21µlMS15-20-1 Comb 20 sample, 1mm thick 10µlMS15-10MC-1 Comb 10 sample MC, 1mm thick 29µlMS15-14MC-1 Comb 14 sample MC, 1mm thick 29µlMS15-18MC-1 Comb 18 sample MC, 1mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 27µlMS15-28MC-1 Comb 28 sample MC, 1mm thick 11µlMS15-30MC-1 Comb 30 sample MC, 1mm thick 11µlMS15-35-1 Comb 35 sample, 1mm thick 13µl

Code Description SAMPLE VOLUME FOR A 5MM THICK GEL

MS15-1-1.5 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1.5mm thick 743µlMS15-2-1.5 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 338µlMS15-4-1.5 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 182µlMS15-10-1.5 Comb 10 sample, 1.5mm thick 68µlMS15-12-1.5 Comb 12 sample, 1.5mm thick 61µlMS15-16MC-1.5 Comb 16 sample 1.5mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 32µlMS15-20-1.5 Comb 20 sample 1.5mm thick 15µlMS15-10MC-1.5 Comb 10 sample MC 1.5mm thick 44µlMS15-14MC-1.5 Comb 14 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 44µlMS15-18MC-1.5 Comb 18 sample MC, 1.5mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 41µlMS15-28MC-1.5 Comb 28 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 17µlMS15-30MC-1.5 Comb 30 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 17µlMS15-35-1.5 Comb 35 sample, 1.5mm thick 19µl

MS15-1-2 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 2mm thick 990µlMS15-2-2 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 2mm thick 450µlMS15-4-2 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 2mm thick 243µlMS15-10-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 90µlMS15-12-2 Comb 12 sample 2mm thick 81µlMS15-16MC-2 Comb 16 sample 2mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 43µlMS15-20-2 Comb 20 sample, 2mm thick 20µlMS15-10MC-2 Comb 10 sample MC, 2mm thick 59µlMS15-14MC-2 Comb 14 sample MC, 2mm thick 59µlMS15-18MC-2 Comb 18 sample MC, 2mm thick (DuoComb - 17MC on reverse) 54µlMS15-28MC-2 Comb 28 sample MC, 2mm thick 23µlMS15-30MC-2 Comb 30 sample MC, 2mm thick 23µlMS15-35-2 Comb 35 sample, 2mm thick 25µl


Colou

r

Colou

r

MS15-UV7 15 x 7cm UV TrayMS15-UV10 15 x 10cm UV TrayMS15-UV15 15 x 15cm UV TrayMS15-UVST20 15 x 20 cm UV TrayMS15-UVST25 15 x 25 cm UV Tray

MS15-UVDAM Casting Dams, pk/2MS15-PE Positive ElectrodeMS15-NE Negative ElectrodeMS15-LG Adhesive Loading GuidesMS15-UVS 15cm UV Gel Scoop

MSCHOICECP Cool-Pack and PlatformMSCHOICEBSB Buffer Saver Blocks pk/2, saves 190ml of bufferMS15/20-FC Flexicaster for RigRunner H-SELECT / H-MAXI

RRSELECT7 RigRunner H-SELECT, 15 x 7cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combsRRSELECT10 RigRunner H-SELECT, 15 x 10cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combsRRSELECT15 RigRunner H-SELECT, 15 x 15cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combs* all models include loading guides and casting dams

RRSELECTTR RigRunner H-SELECT TRIO, 15 x 7,10 & 15cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combsRRSELECTST20 RigRunner H-SELECT STRETCH, 15 x 20cm UV Tray, 4 x 28 sample combsRRSELECTST25 RigRunner H-SELECT STRETCH, 15 x 25cm UV Tray, 4 x 28 sample combs

RigRunner H-SELECT Stretch

H-SELECTRigRunner H-SELECT offers awide degree of versatility. Threetray options are available - 15 x 7cm,15 x 10cm and 15 x 15cm - allowingthe choice of one, two or all three gellength options at the time of purchase.Further purchases of additionalaccessories are no longer required.Maximising comb and tray optionsallow up to 210 samples to beresolved per gel. The 15cm total runlength allows restriction fragment or other close MW sample bands to beeasily separated and identified. Speedloading is accomplished using 10, 14,16, 18, 28 and 30 sample multi-channel pipette compatible combs. Allmodels include loading guides andcasting dams.

Fabricated H-SELECT STRETCH unitsare available with optional 15 x 20cmand 15 x 25cm gel trays and four 28-sample combs for those wishing toperform higher resolution separation ofmore samples over a longer distance.

RigRunner H-SELECT Trioincludes all 3 tray sizesfor optimum versatility

and value

• THREE TRAY OPTIONS



• MULTICHANNEL PIPETTE

COMPATIBLE COMBS FOR SPEED

LOADING

9

• AVAILABLE WITH 20 X 25CM, 20 X 20CM OR 20 X 10CM

GEL TRAYS



• IDEAL FOR EXTENDED

SEPARATIONS

H-MAXI

Primarily designed for separatinghigh numbers of samples from PCRor cloning

GEL DIMENSIONS, 20 X 10CM 20 X 15CM

(W X L) 20 X 20CM 20 X 25CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS 39.5 X 23 X 9CM (W X D X H)



20 X 20CM TRAY – 450 SAMPLES


BUFFER VOLUME 1200ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 2, 4, 10, 16, 20MC, 25, 30, 36, 40MC, 50THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM




MS20-1-0.75 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 0.75mm thick 506µlMS20-2-0.75 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 236µlMS20-4-0.75 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 0.75mm thick 115µlMS20-10-0.75 Comb 10 sample, 0.75mm thick 54µlMS20-16-0.75 Comb 16 sample, 0.75mm thick 30µlMS20-20MC-0.75 Comb 20 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 20µlMS20-25-0.75 Comb 25 sample, 0.75mm thick 16µlMS20-30-0.75 Comb 30 sample, 0.75mm thick 13µlMS20-36-0.75 Comb 36 sample, 0.75mm thick 11µlMS20-40MC-0.75 Comb 40 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 8µlMS20-50-0.75 Comb 50 sample, 0.75mm thick 8µl

MS20-1-1 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1mm thick 675µlMS20-2-1 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1mm thick 315µlMS20-4-1 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1mm thick 153µlMS20-10-1 Comb 10 sample, 1mm thick 72µlMS20-16-1 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick 41µlMS20-20MC-1 Comb 20 sample MC, 1mm thick 27µlMS20-25-1 Comb 25 sample, 1mm thick 21µlMS20-30-1 Comb 30 sample, 1mm thick 17µlMS20-36-1 Comb 36 sample, 1mm thick 14µlMS20-40MC-1 Comb 40 sample MC, 1mm thick 11µlMS20-50-1 Comb 50 sample, 1mm thick 10µl


MS20-1-1.5 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 1.5mm thick 1013µlMS20-2-1.5 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 473µlMS20-4-1.5 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 1.5mm thick 230µlMS20-10-1.5 Comb 10 sample, 1.5mm thick 108µlMS20-16-1.5 Comb 16 sample, 1.5mm thick 61µlMS20-20MC-1.5 Comb 20 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 41µlMS20-25-1.5 Comb 25 sample, 1.5mm thick 32µlMS20-30-1.5 Comb 30 sample, 1.5mm thick 26µlMS20-36-1.5 Comb 36 sample, 1.5mm thick 22µlMS20-40MC-1.5 Comb 40 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 17µlMS20-50-1.5 Comb 50 sample, 1.5mm thick 16µl

MS20-1-2 Comb Prep 1, Marker 1, 2mm thick 1350µlMS20-2-2 Comb Prep 2, Marker 2, 2mm thick 630µlMS20-4-2 Comb Prep 4, Marker 2, 2mm thick 306µlMS20-10-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 144µlMS20-16-2 Comb 16 sample, 2mm thick 81µlMS20-20MC-2 Comb 20 sample MC, 2mm thick 54µlMS20-25-2 Comb 25 sample, 2mm thick 42µlMS20-30-2 Comb 30 sample, 2mm thick 34µlMS20-36-2 Comb 36 sample, 2mm thick 29µlMS20-40MC-2 Comb 40 sample MC, 2mm thick 23µlMS20-50-2 Comb 50 sample, 2mm thick 21µl


MS20-UV10 20 x 10cm UV TrayMS20-UV20 20 x 20cm UV TrayMS20-UV25 20 x 25cm UV TrayMS20-UVDAM Casting Dams, pk/2

MS20-LG Adhesive Loading Guides MS20-PE Positive ElectrodeMS20-NE Negative ElectrodeMS20-UVS 20cm UV Gel Scoop

MSMAXICP Cool-Pack and Platform

MSMAXIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks pk/2, saves 450ml of bufferMS15/20-FC Flexicaster for RigRunner H-SELECT / H-MAXI

Colou

r

Colou

r

RRMAXI20 RigRunner H-MAXI, 20 x 20cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combs, loading guides and dams




RRMAXIDUO RigRunner H-MAXI DUO, 20 x 10 & 20 x 20cm UV Tray, 2 x 20 sample combs, loading guides and dams

for Power Supplies andProduct Selector seepages 52

scoops for safetransfer of gels

RigRunner H-MAXI is primarily intendedfor resolution of high numbers ofsamples such as from Cloning or PCR. Inaddition, it also allows ultra high-resolutionseparations over extended runs. Tray dimensionscorrespond to standard blotter sizes for easysample transfer onto a membrane for furtheranalysis.

Four tray sizes are available – 20 x 10cm, 20x 15cm, 20 x 20cm and 20 x 25cm.Multichannel pipette compatible combs up to40 sample facilitate speed loading of up to 440samples per gel. 50 sample combs offers amaximum sample capacity of 550 samples per gel.

10


Designed for rapid screening ofvery large numbers of Clonal orPCR samples, RigRunner H-SCREENhorizontal gel unit has a 672maximum sample capacity per gel.This allows loading and analysis of exactlyseven 96 well format micro titre plates.

The large gel run length of 32cm alsoallows resolution of samples over along distance for separation of complexsample bands such as in restrictionfragment analysis.

The unit is available with a full length trayor with other tray length options of 16 or24cm so that the user’s exactrequirements can be matched. In additionto options for single length gel trays,H-SCREEN is available with all three geltray lengths to provide the maximum inflexibility, versatility and value.

Buffer recirculation ports are includedas standard to allow enhancedresolution over extended runs whileloading guides improve well visibility foreasy sample loading.


MS26-28MC-0.75 Comb 28 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 25µlMS26-56MC-0.75 Comb 56 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 10µlMS26-28MC-1 Comb 28 sample MC, 1mm thick 34µlMS26-56MC-1 Comb 56 sample MC, 1mm thick 14µl


A 5MM THICK GEL

MS26-28MC-1.5 Comb 28 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 51µlMS26-56MC-1.5 Comb 56 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 20µlMS26-28MC-2 Comb 28 sample MC, 2mm thick 68µlMS26-56MC-2 Comb 56 sample MC, 2mm thick 27µl


MS26-UV32 26 x 32cm UV TrayMS26-UV24 26 x 24cm UV TrayMS26-UV16 26 x 16cm UV TrayMS26-LG Adhesive Loading GuidesMS26-UVS 26cm UV Gel Scoop

MS26-PE Positive ElectrodeMS26-NE Negative ElectrodeMSSCRNCP Cool-Pack and Platform PP01 Single Channel Peristaltic Pump, 30-100rpm

MSBRP Buffer Recirculation Ports

MSSCRNBSB Buffer Saver Blocks, pk/2 saves 625ml of bufferMS26-FC Flexicaster for gels up to 32cm. Casts 7, 10, 15, 16, 20, 24 and 32cm long gels

Colou

r

Colou

r

RRSCRN16 RigRunner H-SCREEN, 26 x 16cm UV Tray, 6 x 28 sample combs, loading guides and Flexicaster



RRSCRNTRIO RigRunner H-SCREEN TRIO, 26 x 16cm, 26 x 24cm, 26 x 32cm UV Trays, 6 x 28 sample combs, loading guides and Flexicaster

Ideal for checking very largenumbers of samples or extendedhigh resolution separations

GEL DIMENSIONS, 26 X 16CM (W X L) 26 X 24CM 26 X 32CM





BUFFER VOLUME 1400ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 28MC, 56MC THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM



• AVAILABLE WITH 26 X 16, 26 X 24 AND 26 X 32CM OR ALL

THREE GEL TRAYS




COMPATIBLE COMBS FOR SPEED

LOADING

H-SCREEN

Peristaltic pump for bufferrecirculation, see page 59

all H-SCREEN combs aremultichannel pipettecompatible

Flexicaster now included withall models of H-SCREEN

scoops for safetransfer of gels

11

• LOW VOLTAGE MAKES THE

GEL IDEAL FOR USE IN SCH

COLLEGES FOR THE MAXIMUM SAFETY

• INTEGRATED SAFETY LID PREVENTS

ACCESS TO GEL AREA WHEN RUNNING

• UV-TRANSPARENT ACRYLIC FOR

DIRECT VISUALISATION OF THE GEL

WITHIN THE TANK

• SMALL SIZE MINIMISES BUFFER AND

GEL CONSUMPTION

• COST-EFFECTIVE – NO NEED FOR

EXPENSIVE POWER SUPPLIES, OR

TRANSILLUMINATORS (IF SUPPLIED

WITH OPTIONAL KIT)

RRFMMS10 RigRunner H-MICRA, 10 x 8cm, 2 x 8 sample combs 1.5mm and casting dams

H-MICRAminiRapide is a completely selfcontained system designed forquick checks of samples. Gelcasting, running and analysis are allperformed in the same ultra compactunit with buffer and gel volumes havebeen kept to a minimum. The parallelelectrode arrangement allows ultraefficient current transfer, enablingresolution to be completed within 30minutes. The UV transparent basepermits direct viewing on a UVTransilluminator with no need for timeconsuming transfer and potential geldamage. Dual comb slots allow theloading of up to 40 samples per gelwhile multichannel pipette compatiblecombs further enhance the speed andconvenience.

H-BATTERYBattery mini-gel is designedspecifically with safety andcost in mind: as no powersupply is necessary. Results areobtainable within 1.5 hours and it isideal for schools, classrooms andelectrophoresis in the field where nopower source is available.

For routine, rapid checking of samples

GEL DIMENSIONS, 10 X 8CM (W X L)


MAX. SAMPLE CAPACITY 40 SAMPLES

BUFFER VOLUME 50ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20 THICKNESSES 1, 1.5MM


Teaching and field electrophoresis

GEL DIMENSIONS (W X L) 6 X 7.5CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS (W X L X H) 17 X 11 X 3.5CM

MAX. SAMPLE (CAPACITY) 32 SAMPLES

BUFFER VOLUME 50ML

COMBS AVAILABLE: NO. OF SAMPLES 4, 8, 12 AND 16 THICKNESSES 1MM





FMMS-1-1 Comb 1 sample , 1 dye , 1mm thick 330µlFMMS-4-1 Comb 4 sample, 1mm thick 90µlFMMS-8-1 Comb 8 sample, 1mm thick 40µlFMMS-12-1 Comb 12 sample, 1mm thick 25µlFMMS-16-1 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick 15µlFMMS-20MC-1 Comb 20 sample MC, 1mm thick 10µl


A 5MM THICK GEL

FMMS-1-1.5 Comb 1 sample , 1 dye , 1.5mm thick 495µlFMMS-4-1.5 Comb 4 sample, 1.5mm thick 135µlFMMS-8-1.5 Comb 8 sample, 1.5mm thick 60µlFMMS-12-1.5 Comb 12 sample, 1.5mm thick 38µlFMMS-16-1.5 Comb 16 sample, 1.5mm thick 23µlFMMS-20MC-1.5 Comb 20 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 15µl

Colou

r

Colou

r

RRBAT RigRunner H-BATTERY, Battery operated horizontal gel 6 x 7.5cm, 2 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting gatesRPW0.2 Replacement Platinum Wire 0.2mm – 50cmMSBGEL-CG Casting gates pk/2 for MSBGELMSBG-1-8 Comb 8 sample, 1mm thickMSBGEL-BAT PP3 batteries for MSBGEL pk/2

MSBG-1-12 Comb 12 sample, 1mm thickMSBG-1-4 Comb 4 sample, 1mm thickMSBG-1-16 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick


• A CONVENIENT SELF CONTAINED

SOLUTION FOR ROUTINE

AGAROSE GEL ELECTROPHORESIS

• ULTRA COMPACT



COMPATIBLE

12

Ideal for analysis of up to 96 PCR-fragment length polymorphismsloaded from 96-well microplates orthermal cycler blocks

GEL DIMENSIONS, H-MIDI96: 10 X 12CM (W X L) H-MIDI96ST: 10 X 24CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS: H-MIDI96: 22 X 12.5 X 9CM (W X D X H) H-MIDI96ST: 46.5 X 12.5 X 8CM

BUFFER VOLUME: H-MIDI96: 200ML WITH BUFFER SAVER BLOCKS

(W X L) H-MIDI96ST: 500ML WITH BUFFER SAVER BLOCKS

MAX. SAMPLE 96 SAMPLES PLUS CAPACITY 1 OR 2 MARKER LANES

COMBS AVAILABLE: NO. OF SAMPLES 8 + 1X MARKER, 8 + 2X MARKERS THICKNESSES 1, 1.5MM




low cost geldocumentationsystem, see page 37

After pouring gel, the 96well comb is inserted andthe gel is allowed to set

Samples are loaded using amultichannel pipette

After removing dams,running tray is transferred

to the gel chamber and thelid positioned ready forelectrophoresis

• DESIGNED FOR LOADING OF DNA

SAMPLES FROM MULTI-WELL PLATES

• IDEAL FOR HIGH THROUGHPUT

ELECTROPHORESIS

• AVERAGE RUN-TIME IS JUST 15 TO

30 MINUTES

• DIRECT MICROPLATE FORMAT FOR

EASY LANE IDENTIFICATION

• MULTI-CHANNEL PIPETTE

COMPATIBLE LANES

simple, rapid, leak-proof GEL CASTING....

RRMIDI96 RigRunner H-MIDI96, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting damsRRMIDI961.5 RigRunner H-MIDI96, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1.5mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have one marker laneRRMIDI96/2M RigRunner H-MIDI96, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have two marker lanesRRMIDI96/1.5/2M RigRunner H-MIDI96, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1.5mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have two marker lanesRRMIDI96ST RigRunner H-MIDI96 STRETCH, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting damsRRMIDI96ST1.5 RigRunner H-MIDI96 STRETCH, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1.5mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have one marker laneRRMIDI96ST/2M RigRunner H-MIDI96 STRETCH, UV tray, Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have two marker lanesRRMIDI96ST/1.5/2M RigRunner H-MIDI96 STRETCH, UV tray , Comb block with 12 x 8 sample, 1.5mm thick combs, casting dams. Combs have two marker lanesRRMIDI96STDBL RigRunner H-MIDI96 STRETCH, UV tray, Comb block with 24 x 8 sample, 1mm thick combs, casting dams - Note: run length = 1.8cm.

H-MIDI96RigRunner H-MIDI96 Gel Systemis ideal for high throughputelectrophoresis of PCR productsor samples containing a smallnumber of DNA bands.

The gel dimensions and comb formatcorrespond to the standard microplateformat, with additional lanes formarkers. Two different types of combare available: one which has 8 wellsand one additional lane for DNAmarkers and one which has 8 wellsand 2 additional lanes for markers. Theoffset layout of the wells allows a longrun per well and improved separation.

RigRunner H-MIDI96 canaccommodate samples from a 96 wellplate - samples can be loaded directlyusing 8-channel pipettes. As with allRigRunner units, leak-proof casting issimplified using the supplied castingdams while their ultra-compact sizeminimises buffer usage and benchspace requirements.

MSMIDI96 STRETCH Systems arealso available for those requiring anextended run length per well of up to.6cm, or for loading of samples fromtwo 96-well plates.

Comb BlocksMSMIDI96 8 1 CB H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC + 1 Marker, 1mm thick MSMIDI96 8 1.5 CB H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC + 1 Marker, 1.5mm thickMSMIDI96 8 1/2M CB H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC + 2 Marker, 1mm thickMSMIDI96 8 1.5/2M CB H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC + 2 Marker, 1.5mm thick

MSMIDI96ST 8 1 CB* H MIDI96 STRETCH Comb 8 sample MC + 1 Marker, 1mm thickMSMIDI96ST 8 1 CB* H MIDI96 STRETCH Comb 8 sample MC + 1 Marker, 1.5mm thickMSMIDI96ST8 1.5/2M CB* H MIDI96 STRETCH Comb 8 sample MC + 2 Marker, 1mm thickMSMIDI96ST 8 1.5/2M CB* H MIDI96 STRETCH Comb 8 sample MC + 2 Marker, 1.5mm thick

CombsMSMIDI96 8 1 H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC, 1mm thick, 1 marker laneMSMIDI96 8 1.5 H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC, 1.5mm thick, 1 marker lane

MSMIDI96 8 1/2M H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC, 1mm thick, 2 marker lanesMSMIDI96 8 1.5/2M H MIDI96 Comb 8 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 2 marker lanes

Stretch models now available

13

RigRunner H-STACK4 is a compactsystem capable of running over 1200samples simultaneously by stackingup to 4 horizontal gels. This achieveshigh sample throughput whilemaintaining the advantages of a smalland compact unit.

The units are supplied with 4 gel trays and8 combs, as standard. Additional traysand combs can be purchased asrequired. Two dual comb formatsavailable and three tray lengths.

An optional Flexicaster, either suppliedseparately or as a package with the H-STACK4, allows up to four 8x6, 8x12and 8x18cm H-STACK4 gel trays to becast simultaneously outside the tank.

Three horizontal Flexicasters are availablefor use with the multiSUB Mini, Midi,Choice, Maxi and Screen gel trays. EachFlexicaster is entirely versatile and when casting,one end of the gel tray is pushed into positionagainst a fixed wall, while a moveable dam withtwin cam-lock design and rubber insert locksinto position at the other end to provide a leakproof seal. No further casting accessories areneeded other than the gel tray, while adjustablelevelling feet and a spirit bubble facilitate evengel-pouring.


MULTISUB4EXCAS H-STACK4, as above but with External Caster for 4 gelsMSUB4UV6 H-STACK4 tray 8 x 6cmMSUB4UV12 H-STACK4 tray 8 x 12cmMSUB4UV18 H-STACK4 tray 8 x 18cmMSUB4EXCASTER External Caster for H-STACK4 (4 Trays)MSUB4-12/1-1 12/1 Sample 1mm Combs for H-STACK4MSUB4-18/8-1 18/8 Sample 1mm Combs for H-STACK4

MSUB4-12/1-1.5 12/1 Sample 1.5mm Combs for H-STACK4MSUB4-18/8-1.5 18/8 Sample 1.5mm Combs for H-STACK4CAB Replacement cables (red and black)

MS7/10-FC multiSUB Mini/Midi Flexi CasterMS15/20-FC multiSUB Choice/Maxi Flexi CasterMS26-FC multiSUB Screen Flexi caster

RRSTK4 RigRunner H-STACK4, multi-level Gel Chamber, includes 4x 12cm UV Trays, 8x 18/8 Sample 1.5mm Combs (Tape UV Trays To Seal)RRSTK4EXCAS RigRunner H-STACK4, as above but With External Caster For 4 Gels

Ideal for rapid checking of very large numbers of samplesfrom PCR and cloning. High throuhput Electrophoresis.


GEL DIMENSIONS (W X L) 8 X 6CM, 8 X 12CM, 8 X 18CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS 11 X 35 X 16CM

MAX. SAMPLE CAPACITY WITH 1CM RUN LENGTH: 306 PER 18CM TRAY WITH 2CM RUN LENGTH: 144 WITH 3CM RUN LENGTH: 72

BUFFER VOLUME 200, 400, 600 OR 800ML

(FOR 1, 2, 3 OR 4 GEL TRAYS RESP.)

COMBS AVAILABLE: NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 8, 12, 18 DUOCOMBS

THICKNESSES 1, 1.5MM


MS7-UV7, MS7-UV10

MS10-UV7, MS10-UV10, MS15-UV7,MS15-UV10, MS15-UV15, MS15-UV17

MS15-UVST20, MS15-UVST25MS20-UV10, MS15-UV15

MS20-UV17, MS15-UV20, MS15-UV25

MS26-UV16, MS26-UV24, MS26-UV32

3 OF EACH

2 OF EACH

1 OF EACH

1 OF EACH

1 OF EACH

MS26-FC Tray Compatibility

• SEPARATES A MAXIMUM 1200SAMPLES IN AS LITTLE AS 15MINUTES IN 4 STACKED

HORIZONTAL GEL TRAYS

• DOUBLE-SIDED 1.5MM THICK

COMBS ALLOW MORE SAMPLE

VOLUME TO BE LOADED INTO

EACH WELL

• THREE GEL TRAY OPTIONS

AVAILABLE IN 8X6, 8X12 AND

8X18CM (WXL) SIZES FOR

MAXIMUM FLEXIBILITY

• ADJUSTABLE BARRIER WITH ULTRA-SOFT SILICONE

GASKET ENSURES LEAK-PROOF CASTING

• MINI FLEXICASTER ACCOMMODATES 7X7, 7X10,10X7 AND 10X10CM GEL TRAYS

• MAXI FLEXICASTER ACCOMMODATES 15X7,15X10 AND 15X15 AND 20X10, 20X15,20X20 AND 20X25CM GEL TRAYS

• SCREEN FLEXICASTER ACCOMMODATES ALL TRAY

SIZES (GEL CAN BE POURED AT 80°C)

CASTING SYSTEMS

Flexicaster for H-STACK4

H-STACK4

14

RIG

RUN

NER

H-S

ERIE

S

gel levelling tableThis Gel Levelling Table provides a useful way of pouring gels of uniformthickness. The table features a large 32 x 26cm platform with large thumb-wheel levelling feet at each corner. A levelling bubble is supplied.

buffer save Buffer saver blocks physically reduthe volume in positive and negativecompartments of a gel chamber and sreduces buffer requirements, saving cBlocks are available for all RigRunnerHorizontal Gel Units.• AVAILABLE WITH 10 X 7CM,

10 X 10CM OR WITH BOTH

GEL TRAYS



• IDEAL FOR RAPID

ELECTROPHORESIS


Complete Systems RRMINI7CS ClearSight RigRunner H-MINI7, Fan & power sourceRRMINI10CS ClearSight RigRunner H-MINI10, Fan & power sourceRRMINIDUOCS ClearSight RigRunner H-MINIDUO, Fan & power sourceRRMIDI7CS ClearSight RigRunner H-MIDI7, Fan & power sourceRRMIDI10CS ClearSight RigRunner H-MIDI10, Fan & power sourceRRMIDIDUOCS ClearSight RigRunner H-MIDIDUO, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICE7CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECT7, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICE10CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECT10, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICE15CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECT15, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICETRIOCS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECTTRIO, Fan & power source.RRCHOICETRIO15CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECTTRIO15, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICEST20CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECT Stretch20, Fan & power sourceRRCHOICEST25CS ClearSight RigRunner H-SELECT Stretch25, Fan & power sourceRRMAXIDUOCS ClearSight RigRunner H-MAXIDUO, Fan & power sourceRRMIDI96CS ClearSight RigRunner H-MIDI96, Fan & power source

System UpgradesRRCLEARSIGHTMINI ClearSight Lid for RigRunner H-MINI, Fan & power source.RRCLEARSIGHTMIDI ClearSight Lid for RigRunner H-MIDI, Fan & power source.RRCLEARSIGHTSELECT ClearSight Lid for RigRunner H-SELECT, Fan & power source.RRCLEARSIGHTMAXI ClearSight Lid for RigRunner H-MAXI, Fan & power source.

Horizontal Buffer Saver Blocks MINIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks for RigRunner H-MINI, pk/2 saves 100ml of bufferMSMIDIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks for RigRunner H-MIDI, pk/2 saves 100ml of bufferMSCHOICEBSB Buffer Saver Blocks for RigRunner H-SELECT pk/2 saves 190ml of bufferMSMAXIBSB Buffer Saver Blocks for RigRunner H-MAXI pk/2 saves 450ml of bufferMSSCREENBSB Buffer Saver Blocks for RigRunner H-SCREEN, pk/2 saves 625ml of buffer

Gel Levelling Table GLT Gel Levelling Table

CLEARSIGHT

Condensation build-up on the lids is acommon problem associated withelectrophoresis. This obscures the runningtray, making it difficult to see the dyeprogression in the gel and therefore difficultto establish how far the samples haveactually run.

As a fix, frequently the run is stopped andthe gel checked by removing the lid - clearlythis is time consuming. ClearSight lids solvethis problem by completely removing anycondensation build-up, resulting in aperfectly clear view of the gel and the dyelane progression during the run. This isachieved using a USB powered extractionfan within the lid. Clearsight lids areavailable as components of completesystems or as upgrades for those alreadyowning a multiSUB gel chamber.

• VIEW GELS MORE EASILY

• SIMPLY CONNECT THE EXTRACTION

FAN TO A PLUG THE LID INTO THE

USB SOURCE (PLUG SUPPLIED)AND EXPERIENCE PERFECT CLEARLY

VISIBLE GELS EVERY TIME

• REMOVES SOME OF THE HEAT

GENERATED BY THE

ELECTROPHORESIS PROCEDURE

• EXCLUSIVE TO RIGRUNNER

H-SERIES HORIZONTAL CHAMBERS

15

Gel Excision Tips offer a convenient andefficient one handed method of removingbands using a simple and rapid two-stepprocess. The tips, in two sizes, 4.0 x 1mmand 6.5 x 1mm, cut directly into agaroseor acrylamide gels, so eliminating crosscontamination between samples.Alternative methods which requiremultiple steps including washing orrinsing are slow and tedious. These tipsallow a safe and efficient one handedoperation, with a push button gel and tiprelease, providing researchers withuniform extractions. Tips fit standard1000µl pipettors and are available inbags and racks.


• EASILY REMOVE BANDS

FROM AGAROSE GELS

• TWO TIP SIZES

• ONE HANDED OPERATION

• REGULAR PIPETTING ACTION

• ELIMINATES CROSS

CONTAMINATION

• FIT STANDARD 1000µL

PIPETTES

EXCISION TIPS

dis

po

sa

ble

mic

Ro

ca

pil

la

Ry

Gel Loading Tips Packaging P-3210 Round Orifice, 0.2-10µl, 0.5mm diam., Case = 4x rack/200 (fits 0.7mm openings), P-3212 Flat Orifice, 0.2-10µl, 0.33mm diam., Case = 4x rack/200 (fits 0.4mm openings) P-3214 UftraFlat Orifice, 0.2-10µl, 0.17mm diam., Case = 4x rack/200 (fits 0.2mm openings)

Gel Loading Tips Packaging P-3107 Round Orifice, 20-200µl, 1.1mm diam., Case = 5x rack/200 (fits 1.2mm openings) P-3080 Round Orifice, 20-200µl, 0.5mm diam., Case = 4x rack/200 (fits 0.7mm openings) P-3082 Flat Orifice, 20-200µl, 0.33mm diam., Case = 4x rack/200 (fits 0.4mm openings)

Gel Excision TipsGELX4 Rectangular Tips - 6.5mm x 1mm, bag/250GELX4 RACK Rectangular Tips - 6.5mm x 1mm, 5x racks of 48

GELX6.5 Rectangular Tips - 4.0mm x 1mm, bag/250GELX6.5RACK Rectangular Tips - 4.0mm x 1mm, 5x racks of 48

P-32

10 -

Ro

un

d

P-32

12 /

P-3

214

- Fl

at /

Ult

ra-f

lat

P-31

07 -

Ro

un

d

P-30

80 -

Ro

un

d

P-30

82 -

Fla

t

These Gel-Loading Pipette Tips are designed forsample loading of electrophoresis gels. Theyprovide positive-displacement accuracy andreproducibility using Pipetman and most othersingle channel air-displacement pipettors.RNase/DNase-free Tips comprise three styles,each featuring a flexible, 33mm long, 5µlmicrocapillary tube sections:

• Round-shaft Tip, with0.57mm OD tube end -these greatly improveloading techniques for0.75, 1.0 and 1.5mmPAGE gels.

• Intermediate 0.37mm ODflat Tip is ideal for loading0.4mm sequencing gels.

• Ultra-thin 0.17mm ODultra-flat Tip is perfect forloading 0.2mm wedge-spacer gels.

GEL LOADING TIPS

• TWO STYLES ROUND OR FLAT

(DUCKBILL)

• ‘UNIFIT’ DESIGN FOR TIGHT SEAL

• COMPLETE VISIBILITY OF SUB-MICROLITRE VOLUMES - 200µL

MODELS (83MM) AT 5µL; 2µL/10µL MODELS AT 2µL

• FOR USE WITH 2, 10, 20, 100AND 200µL PIPETTES

• METAL AND RNASE FREE

16

• LOW EEO GENERAL PURPOSE

AGAROSE RESOLVES 100BP TO

25KB IN SIZE

• LOW MELTING POINT – FOR

NUCLEIC ACID RECOVERY –TYPICALLY RESOLVES FRAGMENTS

200BP TO 25KB

• HIGH RESOLUTION – PCR GRADE –HIGH RESOLUTION, LOW

BACKGROUND FOR ANALYSIS OF

FRAGMENTS, 20-800BP


General PurposeAG5 Agarose 5g, Low EEOAG100 Agarose 100g, Low EEOAG500 Agarose 500g, Low EEOAG1000 Agarose 1000g, Low EEO (2x500g bottles)AG2000 Agarose 2000g, Low EEO (4x500g)AG5000 Agarose 5000g, Low EEO (10x500g)AG10KG Agarose 10Kg, Low EEO (20x500g)

Low Melting PointLMA5 Agarose 5g, LMPLMA50 Agarose 50g, LMPLMA100 Agarose 100g, LMPHigh Resolution PCR-gradeHRA100 Agarose 100g, HRHRA500 Agarose 500g, HR

Agarose TabletsAGTAB Agarose 100g, Low EEO (200x 0.5g tablets, supplied as 20 blister packs of 10x 0.5g tablets)

For horizontal agarose gels resolvingnucleic acids 0.1-10Kb in size. Forindustrial and academic laboratoriesadhering to rigorous standardoperating procedures and protocols

CAS 9012-36-6

EEO <0.13

Gelling Point* 36°C±1.5°C

Melting Point* 88°C±1.5°C

Solubility Clear, colourless @ 1% [w/v] solution

Moisture ≤10%

Gel Strength >1200 g/cm2 (1% [w/v] Gel)

Nuclease & Yes Protease Free

*For a 1.5% [w/v] gel




AGAROSE

AGAROSEh

igh

gR

ad

ein

sa

nEnvironmentally friendly agarose is nowavailable in tablet form for routine analysis ofnucleic acids using standard electrophoreticprocedures. Supplied as 200 tablets in total,each tablet contains 0.5g of agarose whicheliminates the need to weigh out looseagarose powder. Because each tablet is fast-dissolving all that is required is to add thedesired number of tablets to the buffer, heat,dissolve and then prepare the gel as normal.Agarose tablets are provided in blister packs of10, rather than bulky bottles, for extraconvenience and storage.

This environmentally friendly agarose issuitable for routine analysis of nucleicacids using standard electrophoreticprocedures. It is manufactured by aprocess which excludes organic solventsharmful to marine life, making it farkinder to the environment thanconventional agarose.

A low EEO (electroendoosmotic) flowminimises diffusion so that even thesmallest of nucleic acid fragmentsremains sharp and tightly resolved, whilea high gel strength aids handling andmaintains compatibility with blottingtechniques.

Now available in a low melting pointform for nucleic acid recovery andenzymatic applications, the highresolution PCR-grade form is ideal forresolution of very small nucleic acidfragments 20-800bp in size.

Low EEO Low Melting Point High ResolutionCAS 9012-36-6 39346-81-1 39346-81-1

Gelling Point* 36°C±1.5°C 26-30°C ≤33°C

Melting Point* 88°C±1.5°C ≤65°C ≤70°C

Solubility Clear, colourless @ 1% [w/v] solution Clear, colourless @ 2% [w/v] solution

Moisture ≤10% ≤10% ≤10%

Gel Strength >1200 g/cm2 (1% [w/v] Gel) >200 g/cm2 (1% [w/v] Gel) ≥750 g/cm2 (1.5% [w/v] Gel)

Nuclease & Protease Free Yes Yes Yes

*For a 1.5% [w/v] gel

17

TBE and TAE are available in both powder andliquid form. Both TBE and TAE are widely used toseparate nucleic acids by horizontal gelelectrophoresis, and occasionally in verticalpolyacrylamide gels. TBE has a higher bufferingcapacity than TAE, which is used for fasterseparations of linear double-stranded DNA.

Dry TBE is supplied in packs of 10 powder sachetsto maintain shelf life. Each buffer sachet may beopened as required and reconstituted in distilledwater to make 1 litre of working solution.

Buffers are also provided as ready-made 50x TAEand 10x TBE solutions in 1 and 5 litre volumes.These are ideal for laboratories running horizontalnucleic acid gels on a daily basis that require off-the-shelf working stock solutions.

These ready-to-use DNA Size Markers aredesigned for horizontal gel electrophoresisuse. The 100 bp ladder and 1 kb ladderrepresent the two most popular markers usedfor DNA fragment size determination while the new Low, High andBroad range markers offer the widest sizing range from 125 bp to10000 bp. All markers are formulated to run accurately and to providecrisp band patterns. They require no additional preparation andcontain Bromophenol Blue for ease of use. All markers are supplied ata concentration of 50µg/500µl (0.1µg/µl).

DNA Ladders

MDNA-100BPH 100bp DNA ladder, 100-3000bp, 1x500µl vial

MDNA-100BP 100bp DNA ladder, 100-1500bp, 1x500µl vial

MDNA-1KB 1Kb DNA ladder, 250bp-10Kb, 1x500µl vial

MDNA-50BP 50bp DNA ladder, 50-1500bp, 1x500µl vial

MDNA-BR Broad Range DNA ladder, 100bp-10Kb, 1x 500µl vial

MDNA-HR High Range DNA ladder, 250bp-25Kb, 1x500µl vial

Powdered and Liquid Buffers TBEP Powdered Tris-Borate-EDTA Running Buffer – 10 sachets (1 litre / pack)TBE10X1L Buffer Tris-Borate-EDTA Running Buffer, 10 x 1LTBE10X5 Buffer Tris-Borate-EDTA Running Buffer, 10 x 5L

TAE50X1L Buffer Tris-Acetate-EDTA Running Buffer, 50 x 1LTAE50X5L Buffer Tris-Acetate-EDTA Running Buffer, 50 x 5L


• READY TO USE

• CRISP BAND PATTERNS

• INCLUDES BROMOPHENOL BLUE

FOR EASE OF USE

• STABLE AT ROOM TEMPERATURE

LADDERS

BUFFERS

dn

a

Size determination of DNA and RNAbands on gels


TAE EACH 50X SOLUTION CONTAINS: TRIS-BASE (2.0M FINAL STOCK CONCENTRATION); GLACIAL ACETIC ACID (1.0M); EDTA, PH 8.0 (0.05M); FOLLOWED BY DISTILLED WATER TO 1L

TBE EACH 10X SOLUTION / POWDER CONTAINS: TRIS-BASE (0.112M FINAL STOCK CONCENTRATION); BORIC ACID (0.112M); EDTA, PH 8.0 (0.02M); FOLLOWED BY DISTILLED WATER TO 1L


Technical SpecificationsProduct Code MDNA-100BPH MDNA-100BP MDNA-1KB MDNA-50BP MDNA-BR MDNA-HR

Size Range 100-3000bp 100-1500bp 250bp-10Kb 50-1500bp 100bp-10Kb 250bp-25Kb

Number of bands 12 11 13 17 19 14

Reference bands 500, 1500bp 500, 1500bp 1Kb, 3Kb 200, 500bp 500bp, 1.5 & 3Kb 1Kb, 3Kb

Package concentration 54µg/500µl vial 50µg/500µl vial 50µg/500µl vial 56µg/500µl vial 86µg/500µl vial 52µg/500µl vial

Storage 6 months at 25°C, 12 months at 4°C & 24 months at - 20°C

Recommended loading vol. 5µl/well 5µl/well 5µl/well 5µl/well 5µl/well 5µl/well

Tracking dyes Orange G, Xylene Cyanol FF, Bromophenol Blue

Source Proprietary plasmids and PCR fragments phenol-extracted following restriction digestion and dissolved in 10mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0) and 10mM EDTA

The 100 bp DNA Ladderconta ns 11 d screte DNAf agments rang ng n sizef om 100 bp to 3 000 bpTh s marker is ideal for thes ze determ nat on of PCRproducts

bp ng/10 µl

3 000 108

2 000 147

1 500 116

1 000 77

800 62700 54600 46500 150400 60

300 56

200 60

100 60

bp ng/10 µl

10 000 808 000 806 000 805 000 804 000 80

3 000 1202 500 123

2 000 81

1 500 73

1 000 41

700 57

500 61

300 44

The 1 kb DNA Laddercontains 13 disc ete DNAfragments ranging n sizefrom 300 bp to 10 000 bpTh s marker s deal for hesize determination ofd gested DNA

1 Kb LadderDNA Marker(300-10 000 bp)

The Broad Range markerhas 11 d sc ete fragments75 ng/10 µl of 8000 bp 75 ng/10 µl of 6000 bp 75 ng/10 µl of 5000 bp 65 ng/10 µl of 4000 bp 90 ng/10 µl of 3000 bp 165ng/10 µl of 2000 bp 60ng/10 µl of 1500 bp 210ng/10 µl of 1000 bp 50ng/10 µl of 750 bp 60 ng/10 µl of 500 bp 75 ng/10 µl of 250 bp

Broad RangeMarker(250-8 000 bp)

bp ng/10 µl

10 000 1008 000 1006 000 1005 000 1004 000 100

3 000 230

2 000 70

1 000 200

The H gh Range markerhas 8 discrete fragments100 ng/10 µl of 10000 bp100 ng/10 µl of 8000 bp100 ng/10 µl of 6000 bp100 ng/10 µl of 5000 bp100 ng/10 µl of 4000 bp230 ng/10 µl of 3000 bp70 ng/10 µl of 2000 bp and200 ng/10 µl of 1000 bp

High RangeMarker(1 000-10 000 bp)

bp ng/10 µl

3 000 1202 000 2201 500 65

1 000 235

750 70

500 80

250 105

125 105

The Low Range ma ker has9 d screte fragments 120ng/10 µl of 3000 bp 220ng/10 µl of 2000 bp 65ng/10 µl of 1500 bp 235ng of 1000 bp 70 ng/10 µl of 750 bp 80 ng/10 µl of 500 bp 105 ng/10 µl of 250 bp and105 ng/10 µl of 125 bp

Low RangeMarker(125-3 000 bp)

100 bpLadderDNA Marker(100-3 000 bp)

bp ng/10 µl

8 000 756 000 755 000 754 000 653 000 902 000 165

1 500 60

1 000 210750 50

500 60

250 75

Powdered andLiquid Buffers

18

LOADING DYE

• READY-TO-USE, PRE-MIXED 2X

PCR® MASTERMIX

• CONTAINS TAQ DNA POLYMERASE

- EXPRESSED AND PURIFIED FROM

RECOMBINANT E. COLI – WITH 5’-3’ POLYMERASE AND

EXONUCLEASE ACTIVITIES

• LONG SHELF-LIFE: STABLE FOR 3MONTHS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE

AND UP TO A YEAR AT -20°C

• SUFFICIENT FOR UP TO 100 PCRREACTIONS, EACH OF 50μ L FINAL

VOLUME

JADNA ‘Just-Add-DNA’ MasterMix, 2x 1.25ml vials, sufficient for 100 reactions JADNA-10 ‘Just-Add-DNA’ MasterMix, 20x 1.25ml vials, sufficient for 1000 reactionsRV-JADNA runVIEW PCR kit for users already with thermal cycler; incl. RVSELECTTRIO plus JADNA-10

UPW1000 BP Grade Sterile Water, 1000mlRFW250 RNase-Free Water, 1x250mlRFW50X5 RNase-Free Water, 50x5ml

LOADDYE 10x Bromophenol Blue Loading Dye, 1mlLOADDYE10 10x Bromophenol Blue Loading Dye, 10mlORANGEDYE Orange G Loading Dye, 1ml

All in one PCR mix pluselectrophoresis safe stain for directloading onto gels


MASTERMIX

DNA LOADING DYE

DNA loading dye contains 10x bromophenolblue, the standard tracking dye forelectrophoresis. The charge-to- mass ratio ofbromophenol blue allows it to co-migrate withsmaller molecules within agarose and PAGEgels (e.g. at 300bp in a standard 1% agarose,TBE gel) which, with its conspicuous dark bluecolour, makes it the perfect tracking dye tomonitor the progress of electrophoresis runs.DNA loading dye is supplied in 1ml volumesfor easy handling.

Orange G Loading dye 1x (with ficoll)Used as a marker in PAGE and Agaroseelectrophoresis of DNA, as it migratesthrough the gel consistently withsmaller DNA fragments. Containssucrose and Xylene Cyanol. Used as a1x solution.

ULTRA PURE WATER

Purified water (18 mega Ohms) for use with sensitive experimentalprocedures often needs verifying as pyrogen free, this is doneusing the LAL test or Limulus (Horseshoe crab) amoebocyte lysateassay. The LAL test is extremely sensitive to endotoxins which arethe result of bacterial lysis.

BP Grade Sterile Water has endotoxins removed by electrostaticfiltration at the final purification stage prior to autoclaving. The LALtested water conforms to the standard having less than<0.25EU/ml to ensure the water isof pre-requisite quality. This productis therefore pyrogen free. CFU>0WFi compatible.

LAL (Limulus Amoebocyte LysateAssay)

After gel pouring and sample loading, simply liftand position the runVIEW tank with bluVIEW lidwithin the base unit ‘Just-Add-DNA’ is a ready-to-use PCR® MasterMix that contains Taq DNAPolymerase, PCR buffer, dNTPs, and fluorescentstain and loading dye for electrophoresis post-PCR.It requires only water, DNA primers and template toexecute primer elongation or the DNApolymerisation step of PCR®. With ‘Just-Add-DNA’MasterMix time-consuming MasterMix preparationis unnecessary, as Taq DNA polymerase, PCR buffer,deoxynucleotides (dNTPs), gel-loading dye andfluorescent stain are already premixed at 2xconcentration, and may be dispensed in 25 laliquots to an identical volume of DNA templateand primer solution. Once mixed, PCR may beperformed as usual and the resultant PCR productsthen checked following transfer from the thermalcycler block to an agarose gel. The resultant PCRproducts can be run straight out on an agarose gelwithout prior mixing with loading dye - no agarosegel staining and destaining necessary. The gel maybe visualised o n a UV transilluminator or by usingrunVIEW blue-light real-time horizontal gelelectrophoresis system (page 20).

‘Just-Add-DNA’ contains Taq DNA polymerase -expressed and purified from recombinant E. coli –with 5’-3’ polymerase and exonuclease activities.Lack of 3’-5’ exonuclease and proofreading activitymakes ‘Just-Add-DNA’ useful for PCR-based site-directed mutagenesis applications. It is as sensitiveas ethidium bromide, but without the mutagenicityand associated environmental and disposal hazards.

pc

R

bp

gR

ad

e

ora

nge

g

Fluorescence excitation and emission maxima of the fluorescent stain within ‘Just-Add-DNA’. Excitation is maximal around 490nm with a secondary peak at 490nm.Fluorescence emission is maximal at around 550nm.

Ligation compatible: ‘Just-Add-DNA’ has no adverse effect on ligation ofPCR products following PCR. Recombinant plasmids containing identicalinsert after amplification with standard PCR (1) and ‘Just-Add-DNA’ (2)master mixes. Stable for at least 3 months at room temperature.

RNASE-FREE WATER

DEPC-treated to eliminate enzyme activity and then autoclaved, this sterilehighly purified water product is perfect for use in PCR and Northern blottingtechniques. RNase-Free water is available either as a single 250ml bottle orin fifty 5ml aliquots to prevent cross-contamination.


For those planning topurchase multiple itemsfor specific projects ortechniques, RigRunnerPackages offerexcellent value. Checkout the individualprices and see what canbe saved with one ofthese packages. If youdon’t see one to suityour needs, pleasecontact us, we may beable to construct onejust for you.

MINIPACK Mini Horizontal Electrophoresis Package, includes: - RRMINIDUO - horizontal unit with 7x7cm and 7x10cm gel trays and combs (Page 6) and NANO300 - 300V, 400mA, 60W mini power supply (Page 53)

MIDIPACK Midi Horizontal Electrophoresis Package, includes: - RRMIDIDUO - horizontal unit with 10x7cm and 10x10cm gel trays and combs (Page 7) and NANO300 - 300V, 400mA, 60W mini power supply (Page 53)

SELECTPACK Select Horizontal Electrophoresis Package, includes: - RRSELECTTRIO - horizontal unit with 15x7cm, 15x10cm and 15x15cm gel trays and combs (Page 8) and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

MAXIPACK Maxi Horizontal Electrophoresis Package with extra gel tray, includes: - RRMAXIDUO - horizontal unit with 20x10cm and 20x20cm gel trays and combs (Page 9) and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

SCREENPACK Screen Horizontal Electrophoresis Package, includes: - RRSCREENTRIO - horizontal unit with 26x16cm, 26x24cm and 26x32cm gel trays and combs (Page 10) and RR-500 - 500V, 800mA, 300W maxi power supply (Page 53)

MIDI96PACK Midi96 Horizontal Electrophoresis Package, includes: - RRMIDI96 - horizontal unit with UV tray and 12x 8-sample 1mm comb block (Page 12) and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W mini power supply (Page 53)

STACK4PACK STACK-4 Horizontal Electrophoresis, includes: - RRSTACK-4 - horizontal unit with four 8x12cm gel trays and combs (Page 13) and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)


DEALS

ho

Riz

on

tal

pa

ck

ag

e

MULTISUB4PACK SCREENPACK

SELECTPACK MAXIPACK

MINIPACK MIDIPACK

19

20

Real-time size fractionation andrecovery of nucleic acids


Base unit with integrated power supply

Blue LED gelilluminator

runVIEW tank withbluVIEW lid

Extraction fanensures clear

viewing area, freefrom condensation

runVIEW Viewing Hood

runVIEW is an innovative new system whichcan be used to maximise the efficiency of DNArecovery from runSAFE, EtBr and SYBR stainedgels by minimising the number of stepsinvolved in post electrophoretic purification.runVIEW consists of an omniPage multiSUB CHOICE gelchamber with special bluVIEW lid, containing an orangespectral emission filter within its viewing pane, plus abase unit with integrated power supply and blue LEDgel illuminator.

Simple DNA recovery

Using runVIEW for gel-free DNA recovery is simple:

1. Cast a gel with two identical rows of wells using oneof the matching pairs of 3mm combs supplied.Transfer to the tank, remove the combs, and addbuffer just to cover the gel and fill the wells. LoadDNA (‘loading tier’).

2. Replace the lid and apply the power. Turn on the blueLED and see the DNA samples migrate in real-time.

3. When the DNA bands of interest enter the secondrow of wells (‘extraction tier’), stop the power,remove lid and harvest the DNA by pipette.

Once the DNA bands of interest enter the ‘extraction’tier, simply stop the power supply, remove the lid andharvest the DNA by pipette.

Track DNA without harmful UV

Blue light is safe and has none of the detrimentaleffects of UV transillumination, including mutagenesiswhich can compromise cloning efficiency, whilerunVIEW’s capacity to provide real-time visualisation of

electrophoresis enables DNA to be tracked as itmigrates through the gel. This allows the user to judgeprecisely when the band of interest is ready forextraction.

Save on time-consuming gel elution techniques

Running DNA into a well containing buffer effectivelypurifies the DNA of agarose, eliminating the need fortime-consuming gel excision and purificationtechniques that also result in sample loss. Onceharvested, the DNA needs only to be cleaned by astraightforward ethanol precipitation when it is readyfor further digestion or ligation.

No expensive commercial gels

runVIEW works with standard EtBr, SYBR Green andSYBR Safe gels cast within the 15x7, 15x10 or15x15cm CHOICE gel trays, and therefore does notrequire expensive precast gels and accessories.

A self-contained system

The base unit, which houses the in-built power supplyand blue LED gel illuminator, is compact, dual-voltageand portable, and allows electrophoresis, gelvisualisation and extraction to be performed at thebench, without the inconvenience of having totransport gels to a darkroom elsewhere within thelaboratory.

• Power supply integratedwithin the base unit –adjustable in precise 1V or 1mAincrements to a maximum 150Vor 300mA constant voltage orcurrent output; timer function to999 minutes for extended runs

• Specialist combs forspecialist applications -double-sided 1mm preparatorycombs (1-/2-sample and 4-/16-sample standard) included fornucleic acid recovery, plus fourmultichannel compatible 20-/28-sample combs for rapidscreening of nucleic acids from96-well thermal cycler blocksand microtitre plates. Extrathick 3mm preparatory combsalso included for enhanced DNArecovery

• Upgrade to real-time -existing H-SELECT users maycustomise their system bypurchasing the base station andbluVIEW lid

• Versatile - power supply andgel illuminator may be used withother gels and electrophoresissystems

RUNVIEW REAL-TIME

21

GEL ELECTROPHORESIS

RUNDOC

RVSELECT7 runVIEW System complete with 15 x 7cm gel tray & 2x 1 sample, 2x 2 sample, 2x 4 sample, 4x 28MC sample 1mm combs; plus 2x 4- and 2x 6-sample 3mm preparatory

RVSELECT10 runVIEW System complete with 15 x 10cm gel tray & 2 x 1 sample, 2x 2 sample, 2x 4 sample, 4x 28MC sample 1mm combs; plus 2x 4- and 2x 6-sample 3mm preparatory

RVSELECT15 runVIEW System complete with 15 x 15cm gel tray & 2x 1 sample, 2x 2 sample, 2x 4 sample, 4x 28MC sample 1mm combs; plus 2x 4- and 2x 6-sample 3mm preparatory

RVSELECTTRIO runVIEW System complete with 15x7cm, 15x10 & 15x15 gel tray & 2x 1 sample, 2x 2 sample, 2x 4 sample, 4x 28MC sample 1mm combs; plus 2x 4- and 2x 6-sample 3mm preparatory

RVSTATION runSTATION complete with RVGELDOC and RVSELECTTRIO

RVBSBVLID runVIEW Base Station & bluVIEW LidRVGELDOC runVIEW Gel Documentation Hood with 10MP camera and filter slide

FILTERSLIDE Replacement filter slide containing orange EtBR and amber SYBR filters

CAMCHARGER Optional mains charger cable for 10MP



Blue Light Wavelength 470nm

Voltage/ Resolution 25-150V / 1V

Current/ Resolution 300mA / 1mA

Power 30W

Operating Mode Constant Voltage or Current

Gel Dimensions (W x L) 15 x 7, 15 x 10 and 15 x 15cm

Unit Dimensions (W x D x H) 6.5 x 17.5 x 9cm

Buffer volume 500ml

runVIEW Lid Design Orange spectral emission filter with condensation-free viewing pane

2x 1-sample / 2-sample preparatory; Included Double-sided Combs, 2x 4-sample preparatory / 16-sample combs; 4x 20- /28- sample multichannel compatible screening (1mm); plus 2x 4- and 2x 6-sample preparatory with loading guides (3mm)

Comb Thickness 1mm, 3mm

Timer 1 999 minutes with alarmSafety Device No load detectionOperating Temperature Ambient to 40°CDimensions 293 x 220 x 80 mmRated Voltage 100 240V, 50/60Hz

runVIEW Viewing Dock

runVIEW Gel System

For combs and accessories for runVIEW tank with bluVIEW lid, see H-SELECT on Page 8

After gel pouring and sample loading, simply lift and position the runVIEW tankwith bluVIEW lid within the base unit

• COMPREHENSIVE –INCLUDES EVERYTHING*REQUIRED TO PERFORM

HORIZONTAL REAL-TIME GEL

ELECTROPHORESIS

• CONVENIENCE – COMBINES

THE HIGH RESOLUTION

CAPABILITY WITHIN A

SINGLE COMPACT BENCH

TOP UNIT

• VISIBILITY - EXTRACTOR FAN

IN LID ELIMINATES

CONDENSATION, TO ALLOW

REAL-TIME OBSERVATION OF

BAND MOVEMENT

• OPTIONAL GEL

DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM

FITS DIRECTLY OVER THE

BASE UNIT AND GEL TANK

FOR IMAGING AT THE END

OF THE ELECTROPHORESIS

RUN

• VALUE – COSTS 30-50%LESS THAN INDIVIDUAL

COMPONENTS; GEL TANK,POWER SUPPLY AND

TRANSILLUMINATOR

runVIEW and runDOC,see page 22

• Gel documentation system designedexclusively for runVIEWTM

• Hood fits quickly and easily over geltank and base unit, allowing gels tobe imaged in real-time or at theend of the electrophoresis run

• High resolution 12.1 megapixelcamera with 8GB memory card

• Complete system available withlaptop and software

22

RUNVIEW REAL-TIME

RUNSAFE• SAFE – ALL FOUR RUNSAFESTAINS HAVE ULTRA-LOW TOXICITY

(LC>5000MG/KG) AND LACK

CELL PERMEABILITY

• CONVENIENT – EACH STAIN IS

SUPPLIED AS A READY TO USE 6X

LOADING DYE; SIMPLY ADD 1PART STAIN TO 5 PARTS DNA,MIX AND LOAD YOUR GEL

• FAST – NO TIME-CONSUMING

POST-STAINING OR DE- STAINING

OF GELS IS REQUIRED.

• SENSITIVE – VERY LOW

BACKGROUND STAINING OF THE

GEL; DETECTS AS LITTLE AS 0.2NG

DNA PER BAND

• FLEXIBLE – EACH STAIN MAY BE

USED WITH BLUE OR UV LIGHT

The runSAFE Range comprises four non-mutagenic stains thatproduce instant visualisation of DNA bands upon irradiationwith blue light or UV in agarose or polyacrylamide gels. Eachstain is conveniently supplied in a 6x loading dye which ismixed with 5 parts double-stranded DNA before loading ontoan agarose or polyacrylamide gel. The individual colourconstituents within each loading dye track electrophoresis runprogression, and indicate the extent of band separation andresolution by co-migrating with DNA bands of knownmolecular size, which varies according to the gel percentage.All four stains are non-toxic, safe for the environment and canbe disposed of in the regular laboratory waste without usingexpensive decontamination methods. Each stain is sensitiveand binds DNA to detect as little as 0.2ng DNA per bandwithin a gel; while gel imaging is best performed using theamber emission filter found of the bluVIEW lid or runDOC filterslide. The runSAFE Range is comprised as follows:

• runSAFE – general purpose stain for DNA ranging from50bp markers to large super-coiled plasmid

• runSAFE-PLUS500 – for DNA larger than 500bp in size

• runSAFE-2000 – for DNA vectors and inserts ranging from500-2000bp

Plasmid PCRProducts

Blue LED System

Slower migrating species, indicative of a linear or relaxed circular vector, resultingfrom DNA nicking or strand breaks, are significantly reduced in DNA plasmid mixedwith run- SAFE and exposed to blue light. The concentration of nicked DNA plasmidincreases significantly after 8’ of exposure to EtBR and UV irradiation.

• runSAFE-500 – for small DNA fragments, PCR products, sequencetracts and primers less than 500bp

runSAFE - less DNA damage, improved cloning efficiency

10000

1000

100

100 15 30 45 60 120

Exposure Time (sec)

CFU

runDOC is a portable, lightweight gel documentationsystem with small footprint, designed exclusively foruse with runVIEW. runDOC comprises a darkroom hoodand a high resolution digital camera to capture images ofnucleic acid gels stained with EtBr, SYBR and runSAFE. Its 12.1megapixel camera with 2GB memory card allows storage ofimages in RAW and JPEG formats.

The runDOC darkroom is placed quickly and easily over therunVIEW gel tank located on the runVIEW base unit,which includes an integrated power supply and blue LEDgel illuminator. The blue LED illuminator provides theexcitation source for the DNA gel located within thetank, and following excitation the light emitted is thenvisualised using either one of the bluVIEW lid options

(supplied and used with the runVIEW gel tank) or therunDOC filter slide. The interchangeable filter slide and

bluVIEW filter options offer full flexibility: amber filter forrunSAFE, SYBR and green fluorescence; and orange filter for

EtBr and red fluorescence.

runDOC may be also used like an ordinary gel documentationsystem - by placing the gel tray directly on the runVIEW basestation, which acts as a transilluminator. runDOC is availableas s complete system with laptop and software.

22

RVGELDOC runVIEW Gel Documentation Hood with 12.1MP cameraRVGELDOCSYS runVIEW Gel Documentation Hood with camera, laptop & 1D Analysis SoftwareRVGELDOC-F1 Orange Filter for runDOC (Ethidium Bromide)RVGELDOC-F2 Amber Filter for runDOC (runSAFE and SYBR stains)

CAMCHARGER Optional mains charger cable for 12.1MP cameraRVSTATION runSTATION complete with RVGELDOC and RVSELECTRIORVGDCOMPLETE runVIEW Package including RVGELDOCSYS and RVSELECTTRIO

runSAFE Description Tracking Dyes Size RangeRUNSAFE runSAFE stain, 1ml Bromophenol Blue, Xylene Cyanol FF, Orange G 50bp – 20KbRUNSAFE- PLUS500 runSAFE-PLUS500 stain, 1ml Bromophenol Blue, Xylene Cyanol Blue >500bpRUNSAFE- 2000 runSAFE- 2000, 1ml Xylene Cyanol Blue, Orange G 500-2000bpRUNSAFE- 500 runSAFE-500, 1ml Orange G <500bp


Ru

nd

oc

gel

do

cu

men

tatio

n

Hood is positioned over the runVIEWtank and base unit to create a light-

tight environment suitable for image capture

CAMERA TYPE 5X OPTICAL / 4X DIGITAL ZOOM

EFFECTIVE PIXELS 12.1MPIMAGE SIZE 640X480 UP TO 4000X3000SENSOR 1/1.7” TYPE HIGH SENSITIVITY CMOSFILE FORMAT RAW, JPEGCOMPUTER INTERFACE USB 2.0 HI-SPEED (MINI- B-JACK)VIDEO OUT NTSC / PALSTORAGE MEDIA 8GB SD MEMORY CARD

LENS FOCAL LENGTH 6.1-30.5 MM

MAXIMUM APERTURE F/1.8(W)-F/2.9(T)SHUTTER SPEED 15-1/4000S

EMISSION FILTER OPTIONS

RUNDOC FILTER SLIDE ORANGE FILTER FOR ETBR; AMBER FILTER FOR SYBR AND RUNSAFE

BLUVIEW LID OPTIONS* BLUVIEW-ORANGE FOR ETBR; BLUVIEW-AMBER FOR SYBR AND RUNSAFE

DARK ROOM DARKROOM MATERIAL EBONY ACRYLIC

DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 40X34X19.5CM (HXWXD) / 0.8KG

POWER RECHARGEABLE LI-ION BATTERY AND PLUG-IN CHARGER OPTIONAL MAINS CABLE CHARGER

*ONLY W TH RUNVIEW


23

GEL ELECTROPHORESIS

• COMPLETE VERSATILITY - 4RUNVIEW™ PACKAGES ARE

AVAILABLE IN MINI AND MIDIFORMATS

• RUNVIEW™ CONVERTERPACKAGE - ALLOWS STANDARD

MINI AND MINI GEL CHAMBERS

TO BE CONVERTED TO REAL-TIME

ELECTROPHORESIS

• PORTABLE ADJUSTABLE BLUE LIGHT

ILLUMINATOR FOR USE WITH MINIAND MIDI GEL CHAMBERS

• BLUE LIGHT IS COMPLETELY SAFE TO

BOTH OPERATOR AND DNA ALIKE,AND OFFERS IMPROVED CLONING

EFFICIENCY COMPARED TO UV

runVIEW™ MINI and MIDI systems benefit from the blue light illumination of fluorescently stained 7cm or10cm wide agarose gels to allow users to view the size-fractionation of nucleic acids in real-time. Anadjustable blue-light illuminator platform, which is completely safe to both operator and DNA alike, andprovides improved cloning efficiency compared to UV, accommodates both the MINI and MIDI electrophoresistanks. Band visualisation is achieved through the corresponding lid containing an amber spectral emissionfilter. The emission filter lid with built-in extractor fan offers condensation-free viewing of blue-lightfluorescent gels, containing SyBR Green, SyBR Safe and runSAFE stains. A runVIEW real-time reagent kit isavailable containing agarose, 10x Tris- borate electrophoresis buffer, 1kb DNA markers and runSAFE.

Ru

nVie

Wm

ini

an

dm

idi

runVIEW™ CONVERTER package (to convert standard MSMINI & MSMIDI units to real-time electrophoresis)RVBSBVLID-MINI runVIEW base station & bluVIEW lid for MSMINI systems RVBSBVLID-MIDI runVIEW base station & bluVIEW lid for MSMIDI systemsrunVIEW™ STANDARD package (for users with their own power supply)RVMSMINI-S RVBSBVLID-MINI plus MSMINIDUO tank with 7x7 & 7x10cm trays, RVMSMIDI-S RVBSBVLID-MIDI plus MSMIDIDUO tank with 10x7 & 10x10cm trays, 1 set of casting dams and 2x 16-sample combs 1 set of casting dams and 2x 8-sample combsrunVIEW™ COMPLETE package (complete real-time electrophoresis system with power supply)RVMSMINI-C RVMSMINI-S plus NANO300 (Page 53) RVMSMIDI-C RVMSMIDI-S plus NANO300 (Page 53)Accessories & Replacement PartsRVRTKIT runVIEW real-time reagent kit (includes: RUNSAFE [1ml runSAFE stain, Page 22], MDNA [1kb DNA ladder, Page 17], AG100 [100g agarose, Page 16], & TBEP [Powdered Tris-Borate-EDTA Running Buffer – 10 pouches, Page 17])NANO300 NANO300 power supply (300V, 400mA, 60W), Page 53

MS7-UV7 7x7cm UV tray


MS7-UVDAM MS7 casting dams, 1x set

MS7-8-1 Comb 8 sample, 1mm thick



MS10-UVDAM MS10 casting dams, 1x set

MS10-16-1 Comb 16 sample, 1mm thick

RVLID2MINI runVIEW bluVIEW lid - Amber (runSAFE) - MSMINI

RVLID- 2MIDI runVIEW blu-VIEW lid - Amber (runSAFE) - MSMIDI



Blue Light Wavelength 470nm

Operating Temperature Ambient to 40°C

Rated Voltage 100-240V, 50/60Hz

Gel Dimensions (W x L) 7x7, 7x10cm

runVIEW Lid Design Amber spectral emission filter with built-in extractor fan powered by the base unit

Unit Dimensions (WxDxH) 17.5cm x 22cm x 9cm

Buffer Volume 225ml

Included Combs 2x 8-sample

Comb Thickness 1mm

Gel Dimensions (W x D) 10x7, 10x10cm

bluVIEW lid design Amber spectral emission filter with built-in extractor fan powered by the base unit

Unit Dimensions (WxDxH) 17.5 x 22 x 9cm

Buffer Volume 300ml

Included Combs 2x 16-sample

Comb Thickness 1mm

runVIEW Adjustable Viewing Dock for runVIEW MINI & MIDI

runVIEW MINI Gel System runVIEW MIDI Gel System

For combs and accessories for runVIEW tank with bluVIEW lid, see H-SELECT on Page 8

2424

BCOM10 Comet Assay Tank for 10 SlidesBCOM20 Comet Assay Tank for 20 Slides

BCOM40 Comet Assay Tank for 40 SlidesCHILLER Chiller unit for active slide temperature control


Background: First introduced in 1981 toquantify double- stranded DNA breakagesin single cells exposed to -irradiation, theComet Assay (or SCGE) has since beenadapted to analyse specific DNA lesionsand repair processes.

Overview: Following genotoxic insult,such as ionizing radiation, the resultantstrand breakage of supercoiled duplex DNAreduces the size of the large genomic DNAfrom which these strands are separated ordrawn out by electrophoresis. The genomicDNA then takes on the appearance of a‘comet’ as its negatively charged brokenends and fragments migrate towards theanode during electrophoresis.

Method: After exposure to a genotoxicinsult cells are suspended within lowmelting point agarose and embeddedwithin a thin layer of agarose on amicroscope slide. Cellular protein is thenremoved by lysis in detergent, when DNA isallowed to unwind in alkaline conditionsbefore electrophoresis. The DNA iselectrophoresed, stained and then analysedusing software.

Results: Microscopy imaging is used tomeasure DNA fluorescence upon staining.In DNA damaged cells the resultant imageresembles a ‘comet’ with the cellular DNAseparated into a head and tail. The head ismainly composed of intact genomic DNA,whereas any fragmented or damaged DNAis concentrated within and towards the tail.

This CHILLER (see page 59 for full details) is available ready assembled with thethermostat mounted on the refrigerator and supplied with insulated tubing and clipsto form a system ready to use.Supported by an industry leading 3 yearwarranty emphasising our confidence inthe reliability of our product.

The system comprises of the following:

• 5 litre tank with drain tap

• relay control for refrigeration on/off

• cooling power 140W @ 0°C

• temperature range -20 to 100°C

COMET assay tanks are available in three slide formats to study single cellgel electrophoresis (SCGE), a technique made popular by drug toxicologyand carcinogenesis studies for the detection and quantitation of DNAdamage in cells.

Each tank’s robust construction from ebony acrylic ensures that cells remain free ofexposure to background light and DNA damage during electrophoresis, while acooled central platform provides a convenient surface for slide preparation andcontrol of slide temperature during the assay. Following electrophoresis, DNA damagemay be measured using Comet Assay scoring software.

COMET ASSAY

• FOR SINGLE CELL GEL

ELECTROPHORESIS

• MINIMISE EXPOSURE TO LIGHT AND

REDUCE BACKGROUND DNADAMAGE

• HIGH EFFICIENCY COOLING FOR

ENHANCED RESOLUTION

Quantifying DNA damage and repairin drug development application.Reproductive science.

Slide Capacity 10 20 40

Unit Dimensions 31x34x9cm (w x l x h) 17x34x9cm 33x59x9cm

Volume 550ml 1000ml 2100ml

Recommended 25V/300mA for 1h Running Conditions



Full Screen Shot of a Comet Profile within the Comet Assay IVSoftware.A. The Comet ‘Head’ comprising largely intact genomic DNA.B. The Comet ‘Tail’ of mobile damaged or fragmented DNA.

HighspecificationChiller

2525

COMPAC-50 High Throughput Comet System for 50 slides, includes 2x 25 slidecarriers, 4x staining dishes, tank with ceramic cooling platform and cool pack, lid and power cablesCOMPACK300 COMPAC-50 and MP300 Power Supply 300V, 700mA, 150WCOMRAC-25 Vertical slide carrier for 25 slides, pk/1STAINDISH Ebony acrylic stain dish, pk/1STAINDISH4X Ebony acrylic stain dish, pk/4

COMPAC- 50-PE Positive electrodeCOMPAC- 50-NE Negative electrodeCAB Electrophoresis cables (black and red)NRK Rocking Shaker with 30 x 30cm platform and flat non slip rubber mat (Pg 64)NHYBRIDBASIC Incubator only with 2 stainless steel shelves - 110/230 (Pg 66)LMA50 Agarose 50g, Low melting point (Pg 16)

Developed in collaboration with the Oxidative StressGroup in the Department of Cancer Studies andMolecular Medicine within the University of Leicester,the COMPAC-50 is a high throughput electrophoresissystem, to perform the Comet Assay, otherwise knownas Single Cell Gel Electrophoresis.

A unique patent pending design employs two carriers to hold atotal of 50 slides (25 per carrier) vertically. This provides twodistinct advantages over conventional Comet Assay systemsthat utilise a horizontal platform for manual mounting ofmultiple individual slides. Firstly to produce a highly compactsystem which saves 75% of Lab space. Secondly by holding 25slides in a rack this allows slides to be processed together inone batch saving on handling assay time by up to 90%.Consequently, this is not only beneficial for electrophoresis butalso in the lysis, neutralisation, staining and washing steps ofthe Comet Assay, when each batch of slides may be treatedduring each step respectively using the four ebony acrylic staining dishes supplied. In addition, the COMPAC-50 benefits from a highperformance ceramic cooling base with sliding drawer to accommodate a cool pack, which is frozen before use, to maintain optimalbuffer temperature.

Typical Results

Repair of UVB-induced DNA damage inhuman keratinocytes, using enzyme-modifiedcomet assay. HaCaT cells were irradiatedwith 1 J/cm2 UVB, then allowed to repair infresh medium and DNA damage analysed atdifferent time points (A) 0 h, (B) 1 h,(C) 6 h,(D) unirradiated (courtesy of Karbaschi, M.University of Leicester, Leicester, UK).

Typical Results

Overview of a typical comet assay procedure. A single-cell suspension of thecells under investigation is mixed with low melting point agarose. Thecell/agarose mix is layered on glass microscope slides, pre-coated withagarose, and the agarose allowed to set. The cells are lysed under high pHbefore washing with pure water. The presence of strand breaks and high pHallows the cellular DNA to unwind. Electrophoresis draws the DNA out of thenucleoid body forming a ‘tail’. The amount of migration (the amount

of DNA in the tail versus the head) is proportional to the initial amount ofDNA damage. The slides are then drained, neutralised and washed with purewater before drying overnight. Following further washing in pure water theslides are stained, washed and finally scored and analysed, typically usingfluorescent microscopy and image analysis software. Advantageously, the useof a slide-holder assembly, which maintains multiple slides in laminararrangement, also permits batch processing of these slides through pre-electrophoresis and post electrophoresis steps, thus eliminating the need forindividual manipulation of samples.


• UNIQUE PATENT PENDING DESIGN

EMPLOYS TWO CARRIERS, EACH

CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING 25SLIDES IN A VERTICAL LAMINAR

ORIENTATION

• SLIDE CARRIERS FACILITATE BATCH-PROCESSING OF MULTIPLE SLIDES

SIMULTANEOUSLY, THUS

ELIMINATING THE NEED FOR

MANUAL HANDLING OF INDIVIDUAL

SLIDES, DURING PRE- AND POST-ELECTROPHORESIS STEPS OF THE

COMET ASSAY, TO MAXIMISE

PROCESSING SPEED

• TEN STAINING DISHES SUPPLIED FOR

BATCH-TREATMENT OF SLIDES

DURING THE LYSIS, NEUTRALISATION,STAINING AND WASHING STEPS

• EBONY ACRYLIC CONSTRUCTION OF

TANK AND STAINING DISHES ENSURES

THAT NUCLEI REMAIN FREE OF

EXPOSURE TO BACKGROUND LIGHT

AND POTENTIAL DNA DAMAGE

• HIGHLY COMPACT DESIGN

OPTIMISES ELECTROPHORESIS

EFFICIENCY DURING COMET ASSAY

• ENHANCED COOLING IS PROVIDED BY

A CERAMIC COOLING PLATFORM WITH

SPRING LOADED PLATFORM THAT

ACCOMMODATES LOW-COST PRE-FROZEN COOL PACKS TO MAINTAIN

OPTIMAL BUFFER TEMPERATURE

• 50 SLIDES MAY BE RUN WITHIN 20MINUTES USING RR-300 POWER

SUPPLY (PAGE 53)

UNIT DIMENSIONS (WXLXH) 26.5 X 15 X 15CM

TOTAL SLIDE CAPACITY 50 SLIDES 25 X 75MM

SLIDE CAPACITY PER RACK 25

VOLUME 550 ML

RECOMMENDED RUNNING 27V/450MA FOR CONDITIONS 20 MINUTES

RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLY MP300 300V, 700MA, 150W


COMPAC-50

Rack in DishDraining

StainingDish

Slide Rack

hig

h

hR

ou

gh

pu

co

me

elec

Ro

ph

oR

es

is s

ys

em

26

CLINICAL

• COMPACT HIGH RESOLUTION

SYSTEM FOR CLINICAL

ELECTROPHORESIS

• ACCOMMODATES STRIPS AND

GELS UP TO 24X20CM

• COMPLETE RANGE OF CELLULOSE

ACETATE GELS AND KITS

• DENSITOMETER SOFTWARE AND

SCANNER AVAILABLE

APPS4 APPS6 Paper Wicks Bridges

APPS22 APPS4SP APPSM8 Cellas Boxes

Cellulose acetateelectrophoresis is animportanttechnique inclinicaldiagnostics. Thisnew range ofcellulose acetateproducts offers acomplete system solutionfor research and clinical cellulose acetateelectrophoresis applications. The CellasGEL rangeincludes both equipment and consumables to assist in theresearch and diagnosis of specific disease states.

Cellas Electrophoresis System

The ideal tank for standard ‘dry’ membrane and ‘wet’ gelcellulose acetate techniques, the Cellas electrophoresissystem is designed and built to our high quality standard toaddress both routine clinical and research requirements. Twoadjustable supports, which can be positioned anywherewithin the tank, readily accommodate different lengths ofdry cellulose acetate membrane to a maximum 20cm.

Unlike dry cellulose acetate strips that arerestricted to low volume micro tests,CellasGEL’s greater thickness allows tests tobe performed on semi-micro and macro scalesusing a wide range of specialist applicators.Consequently greater sample-volumes may beloaded as larger, but finer bands over a widerfront. This reduces sample saturation and aidsdensitometric band quantitation, therebyimproving resolution.

A universal bridge (BDG8.5S) supports each2.5x14cm and 5.7x14cm CellasGEL duringsample application by serving as a convenientloading template for the required applicator.Up to three universal bridges may be thenplaced into each Cellas tank forelectrophoresis.

A universal densitometer scanner withsoftware capable of reading 144 tests perminute is available for band quantitationfollowing post-electrophoretic staining.

Qualitative identification and quantificationof Hb variants. Finding abnormalities of Hbsynthesis like sickle cell disorders,thalassaemias etc.


CELLAS Horizontal Unit for Cellulose Acetate ElectrophoresisGEL2.514250 2.5x14 CellasGEL 250 micron 100/pack

GEL2.514200 2.5x14 CellasGEL 200 micron 100/pack

GEL2.514190 2.5x14 CellasGEL 190, high resolution, 100/pack

GEL5.714500 5.7x14 CellasGEL 500, high volume, 25/pack

GEL5.714250 5.7x14 CellasGEL 250 micron, 25/pack

GEL5.714190 5.7x14 CellasGEL 190, high resolution, 25/pack

GEL2.517200 2.5x17 CellasGEL 200 micron, 25/pack

CellasGEL Wet Membrane Bridges and DensitometerBDG8.5S 1x 8.5cm bridge for 1x 5.7x14cm or 2x 2.5x14cm CellasGEL strips

DENS TurboScan Software Densitometer (excludes computer and scanner)

SCAN Flatbed scanner for TurboScan software

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLUME APPLIED / COMPATIBLE SAMPLE BAND WIDTH STRIP SIZE

APPS22 1x 2-specimen semi-micro applicator 0.7μl / 7mm 2.5x14cm

APPS4SP 1x 4-specimen semi-micro applicator 0.9μl / 9mm 5.7x14cm


PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLUME APPLIED / COMPATIBLE SAMPLE BAND WIDTH STRIP SIZE


APPM8 1x 8-sample micro applicator 0.3μl / 5mm 5.7x14cm


Applicators

Bridges

Densitometer

CellasGEL Wet Membranes

cellu

lose

aceta

te

27

CellasGEL ‘wet’ cellulose acetate gel strips are ready to use andovercome many of limitations of traditional ‘dry’ celluloseacetate membranes. CellasGEL’s advantages over dry celluloseacetate membranes are as follows:

1. Wet state – unlike dry membranes, CellasGEL is a celluloseacetate film produced in a wet form to facilitate bufferadsorption, but without the entrapment of air bubbles thatinhibit electrophoresis

2. Greater thickness – CellasGEL’s greater thickness (190-500μm) compared to dry membranes (160-190μm) allowsapplication of larger sample volumes to enhance detection ofpoor quality specimens low in protein content

3. High resolution – samples may be applied to CellasGEL aswider but finer bands, without risk of diffusion, to make bandquantitation more reproducible; this is further enhanced byextended migration distances (60-70mm) that improve bandseparation

4. Amphiphilic – CellasGEL’s lipophilic and hydrophilicproperties make it the perfect separation medium for manydifferent biological molecules, ranging from lipoproteins tohaemoglobins

CellasGEL is supplied either as individual packs of 25 or 100strips or within clinical test kits for the following applications:

• Immunofixation Electrophoresis (IFE): MonoclonalGammopathies of Undetermined Significance (MGUS);Multiple Myeloma (MM)

• Serum Protein Analysis: Dysproteinaemia; IncipientGammopathies

• Haemoglobin Analysis: Haemoglobinopathies such asThalassaemias and Sickle Cell Disorders

• Lipoprotein Analysis: Hyperlipidaemias; High-density (HDL),Low-density (LDL) and Very-low-density (VLDL) lipoproteinevaluation

cella

sgel w

et’

gels Using CellasGEL

CLINICAL TEST KIT ACCESSORIES REQUIRED PACKAGE (KIT + ACCS) DIAGNOSTIC

CODE DESCRIPTION APPLICATOR BRIDGES CODE APPLICATION

CellasKIT: 1-patient test for serum and concentrated urine IFE2x semi-micro tests (1x serum and 1x urine) for 1 patient performed on 6x CellasGEL strips (2.5x14cm; 190 m) on 3x bridges in 1x CELLAS*Kit content, sufficient for 5 patients (10x semi-micro tests):30 CellasGEL strips & TGS buffer; Coomassie stain, clearing & salinesolutions; volumetric distributors & antisera (anti- IgG, IgA, IgM, Ig & Ig);blotting paper & mylar film. Excludes: Destain.

1x APPS22(semi-micro)KITCU 3x BDG8.5S

KITSPHR-ABS Includes:1x KITSP150200 1x APPS4, 3x BDG8.5S

MGUS, MM

CellasKIT: 6-patient test for serum IFE6x semi-micro or 8x micro tests (1/patient) on 6x CellasGEL strips (5.7x14 cm;190 m), performed on 6x bridges in 2x CELLAS units**.Kit content, sufficient for 24 patients (semi-micro) & 32 (micro):24 CellasGEL strips & Tris- Hippurate buffer; Amidoblack stain, saline &clearing solutions; volumetric distributors & antisera (anti-IgG, IgA, IgM, Ig &Ig); blotting paper & mylar film. Excludes: Destain

1x APPS6(semi-micro)

1x APPM8(micro)

KITI2432

6x BDG8.5S

6x BDG8.5S

KITI2432-ABS Includes:1x KITI2432, 1x APPS6,6x BDG8.5S

KITI2432-ABM Includes:1x KITI2432, 1x APP8M6x CSLBDG8.5S

MGUS, MM

CellasKIT: serum proteins4x semi-micro or 8x micro tests for each CellasGEL strip (5.7x14cm; 200 m); 3 strips / CELLAS* performed on 3x bridges.Kit content, sufficient for 100x semi-micro or 200x micro tests:25 CellasGEL strips & Tris-Hippurate buffer; Ponceau S stain, destain & clearingsolutions; blotting paper & mylar film

1x APPS4SP(semi-micro)

1x APPM8(micro)

KITSP100200

3x BDG8.5S

3x BDG8.5S

KITSP-ABS Includes:1x KITSP100200 1x APPS4,3x BDG8.5S

KITSP-ABM Includes:1x KITSP100200 1x APPM8,3x BDG8.5S

Dysproteinaemia;Albumin, Alpha-1,

Alpha-2,Transferrin, C3 &Gamma Globulin

Quantitation

CellasKIT: serum proteins (high resolution)6x semi-micro or 8x micro tests for each CellasGEL strip (5.7x14cm; 190 m);3 strips / CELLAS* performed on 3x bridges.Kit content, sufficient for 150x semi-micro or 200x micro tests:25 CellasGEL strips & TGS buffer; Coomassie stain, citric acid & clearingsolutions; blotting paper & mylar film. Excludes: Destain


1x APPM8(micro)

KITSP150200

3x BDG8.5S

3x BDG8.5S

KITSPHR-ABS Includes:1x KITSP150200 1x APPS4,3x BDG8.5S

KITSPHR-ABM Includes:1x KITSP150200 1x APPM8,3x CSLBDG8.5S

IncipientGammopathies

CellasKIT: haemoglobin4x semi-micro tests for each CellasGEL strip (5.7x14cm; 250 m); 3 strips /CELLAS* performed on 3x bridges.Kit content, sufficient for 100x semi-micro tests:25 CellasGEL strips & Tris-Glycine buffer; Ponceau S stain, destain & clearingsolutions; blotting paper & mylar film.


KITHG100 3x BDG8.5SKITHG100-ABS Includes:1x KITHG100, 1x CSLAPPS43x BDG8.5S

Haemo-globinopathies

CellasKIT: lipoproteins4x semi-micro tests for each CellasGEL strip (5.7x14cm; 250 m); 3 strips /CELLAS* performed on 3x bridgesKit content, sufficient for 100x semi-micro tests:25 Cellogel strips & Tris- Hippurate buffer; Sudan Black stain & clearing solution;blotting paper & mylar film

1x APPS4(semi-micro)KITLP100 3x BDG8.5S

KITLP100-ABS Includes:1x KITLP100 1x APPS43x BDG8.5S

Hyper-lipidaemias

ORDERING INFORMATION, CELLASGEL APPLICATIONS PACKAGES EQUIPPED WITH BRIDGES, APPLICATOR AND CLINICAL TEST KIT

1. Equilibrate a CellasGEL for 10 minutes inElectrophoresis buffer using an agitating platform(e.g. 3D Shaker, page 64)

2. Dry surplus buffer from the CellasGEL beforesecuring it to a Bridge located within a pre-prepared Cellas tank

3. Apply samples to the CellasGEL using theappropriate Applicator, and electrophorese at 200Vfor 30-9 secs (see Power Supplies, page 53)

4. Remove the CellasGEL from the tank, and use therequired Clinical Test Kit for staining and destainingand clearing

5. Place the CellasGEL on a suitably sized mylar sheetor glass plate and dry in an oven for 10 minutes at80°C (e.g. NHYBRIDBASIC, page 66)

6. Quantify bands using Scanner and DensitometerSoftware

➤➤

➤➤

➤

28

• AVAILABLE IN POPULAR 25X76,60X76 AND 94X76MM SIZES

• ROBUST MYLAR FILM BACKING -ALLOWS THEIR USE ON

AUTOMATED PLATFORMS

• UNLIMITED SHELF LIFE

• COMPATIBILITY - WITH MANUAL

AND AUTOMATED SYSTEMS SUCH

AS HELENA LABORATORIES,INTERLAB AND SELEO

• 30X76 & 60X76MM MEMBRANES

FOR GENIO INTERLAB SMALL AND

STANDARD SIZED AUTOMATED

PLATFORMS

• 70X62MM PUNCHED MEMBRANES

FOR INTERLAB MICROTECH 648AUTOMATED PLATFORM

• 70X60MM PUNCHED MEMBRANES

FOR THE SELEO ADALYA, EXPRIME

AND GIANT AUTOMATED

PLATFORMS

• OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE FOR OLDER

AUTOMATED SYSTEMS STILL IN USE

• DENSITOMETER SOFTWARE AND

SCANNER COMPATIBLE

CellasMEM Dry Membrane ApplicatorsMEMAPPM8 CellasMEM 8-sample micro applicator

MEMAPPS6 CellasMEM 6-sample semi-micro applicator

Paper WicksMEMWICK CellasMEM paper wicks 190x60mm, pack of 100

MEMWICKH CellasMEM paper wicks 220x40mm, pack of 100; suitable for Helena-

type cellulose applications with MEM257650, MEM607625,

MEM577625, MEM947625, MEM9413525 membranes

CellasMEM Package DealsMEMHKIT CellasMEM Helena-Type Kit, includes 25x76mm (MEM257650) &

60x76mm (MEM607625) membranes; MEMAPPM8 8-sample

micro applicator & MEMWICKH 220x40mm paper wicks

MEMHCOMP CellasMEM Helena-Type Workstation, includes MEMHKIT, CELLAS tanks

& NANO500 (500V, 400mA, 120W) power supply (page 53)

CODE SIZE (WXL) PACK SIZE COMPATIBLE MANUAL SYSTEM / AUTOMATED PLATFORM

CellasMEM manual assay membraneMEM257650 25x76mm 50/pack Helena Titan 3 system MEM607625 60x76mm 25/pack Helena Titan 3 system MEM577625 57x76mm 25/pack Helena Titan 3 system MEM947625 94x76mm 25/pack Helena Titan 3 system MEM9413525 94x135mm 25/pack Helena Titan 3 system MEM7660P25 76x60mm, punched 25/pack SELEO AdaLya 24, Selvet 24, Thera 72, Exprime, Giant

CODE SIZE (WXL) PACK SIZE COMPATIBLE MANUAL SYSTEM / AUTOMATED PLATFORM

CellasMEM assay membraneMEM307625 30x76mm 25/pack Genio Interlab - small MEM607624 60x76mm 24/pack Genio Interlab - standard MEM7662P25 76x62mm, punched 25/pack Interlab 648 ISO, 648 PC MEM7413625 74x136mm 25/pack SAE - NT MEM7822725 78x227mm 25/pack SAE 500/600 MEM8012525 80x125mm 25/pack Diafero Standard MEM2508025 280x80mm 25/pack Diafero Extra MEM8022525 80x225mm 25/pack Cliniphor MEM762325 76x23mm 25/pack Saechem MEM678930 67x89mm 30/pack Smart MEM7618025 76x180mm 25/pack Pragma MEM7621025 76x210mm 25/pack Megaphore


CLINICAL

Although CellasGEL cellulose acetate gels have a number ofadvantages over traditional dry cellulose acetate membranes,many manual systems and modern robotic platforms still usedry cellulose acetate membranes, which are usually supportedon a plastic backing. Consequently, CellasMEM, a range of drycellulose acetate membranes supported on a Mylar film hasbeen developed to address this demand.

Each CellasMEM dry cellulose acetate membrane is available in25x76mm (MEM257650), 60x76mm (MEM607625) and94x76mm (MEM947625) plate sizes, and is compatible withthe manual and automated platforms of many leading andemerging brands within the clinical electrophoresis market,including: Helena Laboratories, Interlab and Seleo.

CellasMEM is supplied either as individual packs of 25 or 50strips to perform manual assays for Serum Protein(Dysproteinaemia; Incipient Gammopathies) and HaemoglobinAnalyses (Haemoglobinopathies such as Thalassaemias andSickle Cell Disorders).

Applicators

The CellasMEM MEMAPPM8 is an 8-sample micro applicatordesigned for use with 60x76mm (MEM607625) and 25x76mm(MEM257650) CellasMEM dry plates. The applicator dispenseseach sample deposit as a thin band 5mm wide that isequivalent to 0.25μl in volume; and may load either one60x76mm strip or two 25x76mm strips (4 samples per strip) ata time. By loading each sample as a tighter, but finer, bandover a wider front, the sample diffusion and saturation typicalof standard syringe loading methods is significantly reduced,resulting in improved band quantitation. A MEMAPPS6 semi-micro applicator is also available to load 6 samples, eachsample deposit 7mm wide and corresponding to 0.5μl involume.

Bridges

Adjustable bridges within the CELLAS tank render specialistbridges unnecessary. Both CELLAS bridges may be positioned

either side of the central buffer partition within the tank toproduce the 76mm gap necessary to support Helena-typemembranes, while the 24cm width of the tank accommodateseither three 60x76mm or six 25x76mm CellasMEM membranesper run. A dedicated bridge adaptor (MEMBA) is available forthose users of different cellulose acetate electrophoresis tanksthat do not have adjustable bridges.

Paper Wicks

Supplied in packs of 100 and available in 190x60mm and220x40mm (WxL) sizes, CellasMEM disposable paper wicksmay be used respectively with standard CellasMEM dry platesand CellasMEM dry plates for Helena applications. To set upthe Cellas tank for use with dry plates, simply insert each paperwick lengthwise within the tank pre-filled with buffer, so thatthe buffer will become absorbed. Once absorbed, fold over thetop of each wick to make a support bridge, ensuring thebottom edge of the wick is immersed within buffer and incontact with the bottom of the tank, while the top edge restsalong the adjustable bridge. Repeat for the other bridge.

CellasMEM Membranes

CellasMEM membrane plates are available in many differentsizes and quantities ranging from the market-leading HelenaTitan 3 manual system to punched dry membrane platescompatible with the strip-holders of automated systems fromGenio Interlab and SELEO. Also listed are CellasMEMmembranes for older systems (some of which are obsolescent)that are still in use today.

CellasMEM Package Deals

Package deals provide a quick and convenient solution forthose users wishing to perform the more popular Helena-typeapplications. The most basic kit includes 25x76 and 60x76mmCellasMEM membranes, 8-sample micro applicator, and paperwicks, while the complete version also contains a Cellas tankand new NANO500 power supply.

cella

smem

dry

mem

bra

nes

29

SAFETY CABINETS

uV

steR

ilis

atio

n These UV Sterilisation Cabinets provide a convenientarea for setting up PCR reactions in a nucleic acid freeenvironment thus limiting PCR reaction contamination.

Acting effectively as a low cost alternative to a clean room, thepowerful UV lights on each cabinet denatures nucleic acids in5 to 30 minutes making them unsuitable for amplification. Thecabinets incorporate safety features to prevent user-exposure toUV light.

The UV lights are timer controlled and there are safetyswitches on the cabinet doors which power off the UV lightswhen opened. The units’ white light provide excellentvisibility when working within the cabinet.

Constructed from 10mm acrylic, the cabinets also act asefficient shields from beta radioactive emissions and cantherefore be safely used with isotopes such as 32P.

Two models are available, Maxi as shown adjacent, and a new MiniCabinet for limited budget and bench space. An optional HEPA Filterextraction system is available, suitable for removal of VOC’s/Solventfumes and particulate – please call.

Safety SpillTrays and Liners of size 68 x 54cm, provide convenientcontainment of spillage (not included with cabinet).

Mini Cabinet

• INACTIVATES NUCLEIC ACIDS IN 5TO 30 MINUTES

• DOORS FITTED WITH SAFETY

SWITCHES

• COMPLETE WITH FOUR POWERFUL,TIMER CONTROLLED UV BULBS

• EFFICIENT DECONTAMINATION OF

THE COMPLETE WORK SURFACE

• SUITABLE FOR WORK WITH 32P

• AVAILABLE IN 4 SIZES, WITH OR

WITHOUT AIR LOCKS

• PROVIDES A BARRIER BETWEEN THE

USER AND POTENTIAL CONTAMINANTS

• HERMETICALLY SEALED GLOVES

ALLOW SAFE HANDLING WITHIN A

FULLY ENCLOSED CONTAINMENT AREA

• SIDE PANEL ALLOWS SAMPLES AND

PACKAGES TO BE PLACED IN AND

REMOVED FROM THE WORK AREA

SAFELY AND EASILY


GB24 Glove Box, Standard 2 port, 60 x 60 x 60cm

GB24-A GB24 with Air-Lock

GB36 Glove Box, standard 2 port, 90 x 60 x 60cm


GB48 Glove Box, Standard 2 port, 120 x 60 x 60cm


GB60 Glove Box, standard 2 port, 150 x 60 x 60cm


COMBIBOX Combination Glove Box with 2 ports - 240VAC COMBIBOX-A Combination Glove Box with Air-Lock - 240VAC

UVCAB UV PCR Cabinet, Maxi (without Safety SpillTray)

UVCABMINI UV PCR Cabinet, Mini (without Safety SpillTray)

UVTUBE Replacement UV Fluorescent Tube

WHTUBE Replacement White Fluorescent Tube

BC1006 Safety SpillTray, White

BC1046 Safety SpillTray, Yellow

BC1116 Safety Tray Liners, APET, pk/25

UV LIGHTS MAXI FOUR X 15 WATT MINI FOUR X 15 WATT

WHITE LIGHT MAXI 15 WATT MINI 15 WATT

DIMENSIONS MAXI 660 X 560 X 420MM (HXWXD) MINI 400 X 560 X 350MM

WEIGHT MAXI 19 KG MINI 12 KG


Available in four sizes, these glove boxes are for procedures requiringexclusion of atmospheric oxygen and moisture. Manufactured in robustnon-reactive polycarbonate, these GloveBoxes can be used with inertgases such as helium, nitrogen and argon. Including hermetically-sealedgloves, for optimum user manoeuvrability and dexterity when handlingequipment, samples and packages, and a side panel as standard,each box provides a safe barrier between the worker and anypotential contaminant. GloveBoxes may also be supplied withairlocks, and are customisable in various shapes and sizes to suitdifferent work environments, applications and spaces. Shelving andpipette holder options are also available.

A CombiBox option combines the benefit of UV sterilisation with the fully sealed andenclosed area of a glove box. Four 15W UV-C bulbs with safety interlock switching may be timercontrolled for up to 30 minutes, or indefinitely, to decontaminate equipment and the work surface, before and afteruse. A 15W white light bulb illuminates the entire work surface to provide excellent visibility.

glo

Veb

oxes

For 110 V AC, please add ‘-$’ as a suffix to the appropriate product code

Shown with SpillTray

A unique single piece pressure frame provides rapidplate clamping, further simplified with the new‘sliding gate’ system. Even pressure and buffer

contact across the plates results in even samplemigration and efficient heat removal from the gel.

Glass plates are 2mm thick to reduce breakage.

A simple to use cooling pack system ensuresenhanced resolution without costly and time

consuming additional equipment. No chiller, tap orobstructing connecting leads are required. The

cooling pack is simply pre-chilled in a freezer andplaced in the gel tank. Additionally, the use of

cooling packs reduces buffer volume.

While most vertical gel units can runonly one or two gels, V-MINI and V-MAXI WAVE TETRAD options canrun up to four gels at any timeusing a triple glass plate sandwich,up to gel thickness of 1.5mm.

EFFECTIVE BUFFER COOLING

PRESSURE CLAMPING FRAME

30

RigRunneRSETTING A NEW STANDARD

IN VERTICAL ELECTROPHORESIS

INJECTION MOULDED durable, leak-proof environment for complete safety and long life

COMPATIBLE with all major brands of precast gels

RAPID LEAK-FREE GEL CASTING AND LOADING ensures trouble free gel set-up and a maximum 4-gel capacity

VERSATILE Interchangeable modules for slab gel and 2-D electrophoresis as well as electroblotting using a single universal buffer tank

DEDICATED SYSTEMS for 2-D electrophoresis in mini, mini wide and maxi formats

feat

ures

dedicated SYSTEMS...

Complete system for PAGE,blotting and 2D capillary

System for PAGEand blotting

System for PAGEand 2D capillary

All available in Mini, Mini Wide and Maxi WAVE formats

• five thicknesses, colour coded

black: 0.75mm for ultra resolved bands white: 1mm supplied as standard red: 1.5mm for maximising sample volume blue: 2mm for maximising sample volume

• options for Sample Prep

• options for Multi-Channel Pipette Compatibility

The number of samples can be maximised using high tooth number combs

& SPACERS

SETT ING A NEW STANDARD IN VERT ICAL ELECTROPHORES IS

electroblottingmodule

RigRunner V-MAXIWAVE, 20x20cm

casting base

2-D module

electroblottingmodule 2-D module

casting base

RigRunner V-MINI, 10x10cm

Corrosion resistant,99.99% pure platinum

electrodes and goldplated terminals - easily

replaced, ensuringminimum repair times

Retractable connectorscompatible with mostmajor power supplies

combsfeat

ures

All units are CE marked and are in conformity with the relevant CE Safety Directives:73/23/EEC: LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE: IEC 61010-1:2001. EN 61010-1:2001;89/336/EEC EMC DIRECTIVE: EN55011 Emissions, EN50082-1 Immunity.

interchangeable MODULES

Vertical electrophoresis utilises potent protein and nucleic acid analytical tools for applications within all aspects of life science research, ranging from puritydetermination to analysis of complex protein lysates. As a result, the RigRunner lineprovides a comprehensive range of vertical electrophoresis systems – completewith tanks, inserts and reagents – to fulfil a variety of applications and techniquesin different gel sizes and sample capacities. Four sizes, V-MINI 10 x 10cm, V-MINI WIDE20 x 10cm, V-MAXI WAVE 20 x 20cm and V-MAXI PLUS 20 x 30cm, share a host of commonfeatures including guaranteed leak proof sealing required for trouble free, rapid anduncomplicated gel casting. The built in gel running module eliminates time consumingtransfer of glass plates during casting, a process which can cause gel damage andmisalignment. Glass plates with permanently bonded spacers guarantee perfect spaceralignment. The glass plate sandwich is simply placed between pressure bars and the slidinggates system (as shown below) click and lock in position. This ensures fast set up timeswhile even pressure bars and ultra soft seals guarantee leak proof casting. Once the gel haspolymerised, the gel running module is simply inserted into the gel tank for electrophoresis.

31

32


RRVS10DCAST 10 x 10cm Casting BaseVS10DCASTM Replacement Silicone Mat for 10 x 10cm Casting BaseRRVS10DIRM1 Inner Running Module, with Sliding Clamps or Screw ClampsVS10ICB Mini Cooling PackVS10-x-LG Loading guides for RigRunner V-MINI combs, x = comb well numberVS10NG 10 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates 2mm thick (pk/2)VS10PG 10 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates 2mm thick (pk/2)VS10NGS0.75 10 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10PGS0.75 10 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10NGS1 10 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)

VS10PGS1 10 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10NGS1.5 10 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 1.5mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10PGS1.5 10 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 1.5mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10NGS2 10 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 2mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10PGS2 10 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 2mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS10DP Blanking Plate, 10 x 10cmVS10S0.75 10cm Spacers - 0.75mm (pk/2)VS10S1 10cm Spacers - 1mm thick (pk/2)VS10S1.5 10cm Spacers - 1.5mm thick (pk/2)VS10S2 10cm Spacers - 2mm thick (pk/2)

casting base

Mini SDS PAGE, Native PAGE,Gradient, Second dimension andNucleic acid separations

PLATE DIMENSIONS, 10 X 10CM GEL DIMENSIONS, 7.5 X 8CM (W X L)


MAX. SAMPLE 80 SAMPLES, CAPACITY 20 SAMPLES PER GEL

BUFFER VOLUME MIN 250ML; MAX 1200ML

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 5, 8MC, 9, 10, 12, 16MC, 20THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM



The preferred unit for routine miniprotein electrophoresis, RigRunnerV-MINI is constructed using thelatest injection mouldingmanufacturing techniques. Thisresults in a high quality, low cost productwith unsurpassed finish, durability andstrength. The unit incorporates a sealingsystem which is compatible with allmajor types of 8 x 10cm and 10 x 10cmprecast gel.

Gel casting and running is done using thesame internal module, no transfer ofglass plates during gel casting isnecessary. The module features uniquesliding gates, to allow very rapid set up ofboth hand cast and precast gels. Ultrasoft silicone seals and pressure barswhich surround the glass platesguarantee leak proof gel casting. 2mmthick glass plates minimise breakage andhave bonded spacers for convenience.

For extended cooling of the bufferchamber a factory fitted cooling coiloption is available. This allows theconnection to a recirculating chiller. Ifthis is required, please add ‘-CC’ to theappropriate product code.

V-MINI TETRADA 4-gel RigRunner TETRAD system iscreated by simply introducing additionalplates with spacers and appropriatecombs. TETRAD is supplied with acasting base and external castingupstand to allow gels to be prepared inadvance, ready for the next run.RigRunner Mini blotting and capillary tube gel inserts

may be used with the same tank and lid to adapt anV-Mini Standard or Tetrad system for fast, high-qualityelectroblotting of mini gels and for reproducible 2-Delectrophoresis, respectively. These units are availableas standalone options or as part of fully integratedelectrophoresis systems.

V-MINI

RRVS10D RigRunner V-MINI, 10 x 10cm includes Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 12 sample combs, cooling pack, blanking plateRRVS10DSYS RigRunner V-MINI, 10 x 10cm includes Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 12 sample combs, cooling pack, blanking plate and casting baseRRVS10DSYS-CU RigRunner V-MINI, 10 x 10cm incl. Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 12 sample combs, cooling pack, blanking plate, casting base and casting upstand (see page 45)RRVS10TETRAD RigRunner V-MINI, 10 x 10cm incl. Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 12 sample combs, cooling pack, blanking plate, casting base and casting upstand PLUS 2x

additional 1mm 12-sample combs, 1x pk/2 plain glass plates with 1mm spacers, 1x pk/2 notched glass plates and 2x pk/2 notched glass plates with 1mm spacersRRVS10PRE RigRunner V-MINI, 10 x 10cm includes blanking plate, cooling pack

• INJECTION MOULDED

CONSTRUCTION

• COMPATIBLE WITH ALL 8 X 10AND 10 X 10CM PRECAST GELS

• RAPID GEL CASTING AND LOADING


• RAPID SET UP COOLING

• RUN UP TO FOUR GELS IN TETRAD

MODEL

interchangeable MODULES

mini

For advancecasting, see pages 45, 49

33COMBS, SPACERS AND ACCESSORIES ALSO AVAILABLE IN 0.5MM MC = multichannel pipette compatible

• Dual purpose PAGE insert eliminates time-consuming transfer of glass plates betweenseparate casting and running modules

• Ground glass plates with bonded injection moulded spacers consistent with combthickness ensure ‘clean’ well formation, as well as the correct alignment for leak-freecasting; also eliminate the need for easily mislaid and awkward to use spacer aligners

• Very forgiving, ultra-soft silicone mat within cam-caster compensates for glass platemisalignment to ensure leak-free casting


Insert glass plates betweenpressure frame and gasket

Slide gates to make efficientseal

Transfer to casting base andtighten cams

Insert gel solution and comband allow to polymerise

a

Transfer to tank and fill withbuffer

e

Load samples using LoadingGuides and run

f

b c d

1. Lid and power cables

2. PAGE insert

3. Sliding clamps

4. Glass plates

5. Inner buffer chamber

6. Gasket

7. Outer tank

8. Cam-pin caster

9. Ultra-soft casting mat

10. Combs

V-Mini component parts

Cam pins lock PAGE insertonto the ultra-soft silicone

mat within the casting baseto provide leak-free seal

Sliding gates allowoptimum pressure to

be applied and socreate leak-free seal

Flat, level gasketprevents current

leakage from innerbuffer chamber

1

2

3

56

7

89

10

4

CODE DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME PER WELL

VS10-1-0.75 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 0.75mm thick 500µlVS10-5-0.75 Comb 5 sample, 0.75mm thick 70µlVS10-8MC-0.75 Comb 8 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 40µlVS10-9-0.75 Comb 9 sample, 0.75mm thick 35µlVS10-10-0.75 Comb 10 sample, 0.75mm thick 30µlVS10-12-0.75 Comb 12 sample, 0.75mm thick 25µlVS10-16MC-0.75 Comb 16 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 20µlVS10-20-0.75 Comb 20 sample, 0.75mm thick 15µl

VS10-1-1 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1mm thick 650µlVS10-5-1 Comb 5 sample, 1mm thick 100µlVS10-8MC-1 Comb 8 sample MC, 1mm thick 60µlVS10-9-1 Comb 9 sample, 1mm thick 50µlVS10-10-1 Comb 10 sample, 1mm thick 40µlVS10-12-1 Comb 12 sample, 1mm thick 35µlVS10-16MC-1 Comb 16 sample MC, 1mm thick 25µlVS10-20-1 Comb 20 sample, 1mm thick 20µl

CODE DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME

PER WELL

VS10-1-1.5 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1.5mm thick 1000µlVS10-5-1.5 Comb 5 sample, 1.5mm thick 140µlVS10-8MC-1.5 Comb 8 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 80µlVS10-9-1.5 Comb 9 sample, 1.5mm thick 70µlVS10-10-1.5 Comb 10 sample, 1.5mm thick 30µlVS10-12-1.5 Comb 12 sample, 1.5mm thick 50µlVS10-16MC-1.5 Comb 16 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 40µlVS10-20-1.5 Comb 20 sample, 1.5mm thick 30µl

VS10-1-2 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 2mm thick 1300µlVS10-5-2 Comb 5 sample, 2mm thick 200µlVS10-8MC-2 Comb 8 sample MC, 2mm thick 120µlVS10-9-2 Comb 9 sample, 2mm thick 100µlVS10-10-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 80µlVS10-12-2 Comb 12 sample, 2mm thick 70µlVS10-16MC-2 Comb 16 sample MC, 2mm thick 50µlVS10-20-2 Comb 20 sample, 2mm thick 40µl

Colou

r

Colou

r

34

MODULAR SYSTEM

This system includes all modules and accessories required for Mini SlabGel Electrophoresis, 2-D Electrophoresis and Electroblotting. The centralcomponent of these Systems is the RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Unit. This includes a rapidand intuitive casting system, enhanced and easy to set up cooling system and increasedgel capacity - each can run up to four gels per run. RigRunner Tube gel modules arecapable of resolving up to 10 first dimension gels and the Electroblotting modules havefour blot capacity. The package includes all the necessary accessories for Slab Gel, FirstDimension and Electroblotting. Each of these techniques benefits from rapid set up coolingpacks which provide enhanced resolution even during high intensity 2-D electrophoresisand electroblotting.

The Hi Intensity Blot Module comprisesPlate electrodes, just 2cm apart, to

generate a powerful electric field. Thisprovides transfer capability for up to two

10x10cm gels in as little as one hour.

RRVS10CES Complete RigRunner V-MINI (10x10cm) Vertical Electrophoresis Modular System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Unit which includes: 2x2mm thick notched glass plates, 2x2mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded spacers, 1x blanking plate,

2x combs (1mm thick, 12 samples), 1x casting base, silicone mat, cooling pack

plus: 1x Capillary Electrophoresis Module which includes: internal running module for tube gels, capillary tubes, blanking plugs, 2-D combs and spacers

plus: 1x Electroblotting Module comprising: internal electroblotting module, 4x compression cassettes for gel sizes up to 10x10cm and 8x fibre pads


PLATE DIMENSIONS, 10 X 10CM (W X L) GEL DIMENSIONS, 7.5 X 8CM (W X L)


MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 80 SAMPLES, 20 SAMPLES /GEL

CAPACITY BLOT - 4 BLOTS

2D - 10 TUBES


COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 5, 8MC, 9, 10, 12, 16MC, 20THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM


The RigRunner range of Modular VerticalGel Systems allow multipleelectrophoresis techniques to beperformed in the same unit. Using thesame main tank and lid, three different insertsare interchangeable for PAGE, tube gel andelectroblotting techniques. These systems areavailable in four size options, V-MINI 10 x10cm, V-MINI WIDE 20 x 10cm, V-MAXIWAVE 20 x 20cm and V-MAXI PLUS 20 x30cm, as individual, combination or completemodular systems. Combination and modularsystems offer maximum value and space andhave the added benefit of increasedconsistency which results from using the sameuniversal base and lid.

• ECONOMY OF BENCH SPACE

AND COST

• ENHANCED REPRODUCIBILITY

• SIMPLE TO USE CASTING


RRVS10DC RigRunner V-MINI Tube Gel Unit, 10x10cm Stand-alone System comprising tank and lid, glass capillary tubes, blanking ports and cooling packRRVS10DCI RigRunner V-MINI Tube Gel Module - includes glass tubes and blanking ports

MCT10 Mini Capillary Tubes, pk/100MCT101.5 Mini Capillary Tubes, 1.5mm, pk/100MCBP Mini Capillary Blanking ports

RRVS10C2DS Complete RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Electrophoresis & 2-D System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Unit which includes: PAGE Module, 2x2mm thick notched glass plates, 2x2mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded

spacers, 1x blanking plate, 2x combs (1mm thick, 12 samples), 1x casting base, silicone mat, cooling pack


1 2

3

4

5

6 78

COMPONENTS OF V-MINIMODULAR SYSTEM

1 Tank, Lid and PAGE Module

2 Electroblotting Module

3 Capillary Electrophoresis Module

4 Casting Base

5 Combs

6 Glass Plates with bonded spacers

7 Cooling Pack

8 Blanking Plate

mini

For advancecasting, see pages 45, 49

35

modules included in RigRunner V-MINI VerticalElectrophoresis & Blotting System,RRVS10CBS or RRVS10CBS-HI

ELECTROBLOTTING

2-D SYSTEMS

RigRunner Electroblotting Systems includeboth modules required for Slab GelElectrophoresis and Electroblotting andaccessories, to provide a complete V-MINI,gel casting, running and electroblottingsystem. The electroblotting module includesthree inter-locking cassettes and six fibre pads. Ahigh intensity current is generated by coiledplatinum electrodes. These in conjunction with theadvanced cooling features allow rapidelectroblotting in as little as one hour.

Complete stand-alone units RRSB10 for10x10cm electroblotting formats, compriseRigRunner tank and lid, electroblotting module,cassettes and fibre pads. Modules areinterchangeable with RigRunner slab and tubegel modules. Hinged rigid cassettes allow rapidset up and convenience and ensure even contactbetween the gel and membrane is maintained.

• HINGED CASSETTES

• 4 BLOT CAPACITY

• STANDARD AND HIGH INTENSITY

OPTIONS

• RAPID SET-UP COOLING


RRSB10 RigRunner V-MINI Blot Unit, 10 x 10cm Stand-alone System comprising

tank and lid, 4 cassettes, 8 fibre pads and cooling pack

VS10BI RigRunner V-MINI Blot Module - includes 4 cassettes and 8 fibre pads

SB10C RigRunner V-MINI Blot Cassette

SB10F Fibre pads - pk/8

RRVS10CBS Complete RigRunner V-MINI (10 x 10cm) Vertical Electrophoresis & Blotting System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Unit which includes: PAGE Module, 2x2mm thick notched glass plates, 2x2mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded spacers,

1x blanking plate, 2x combs (1mm thick, 12 samples), 1x casting base, silicone mat, cooling pack

plus 1x Mini Standard Electroblotting Module which includes: Mini Platinum Wire Blotting Insert, 4x 10x10cm compression cassettes and 16x fibre pads

RRVS10CBS-HI Complete RigRunner V-MINI (10 x 10cm) Vertical Electrophoresis & High Intensity Blotting System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MINI Vertical Unit which includes: PAGE Module, 2x2mm thick notched glass plates, 2x2mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded spacers,


plus: 1x High Intensity Electroblotting Module which includes: internal electroblotting module, 2x compression cassettes for gel sizes up to 10x10cm and 8x fibre pads

• RAPID SET-UP ELECTRO-FOCUSING

• 10 TUBE CAPACITY

• EXTENDED ACCESSORY RANGE

• ENHANCED COOLING FEATURES

The RigRunner 2-D Systems include bothmodules required for Slab Gel and FirstDimension Electrophoresis andaccessories, to provide a complete MINI2-D system. The Tube Gel Module includes arapid release gasket for easy tube extraction.Focusing can be accomplished in as little asthree hours. Disposable capillary tubes areincluded in addition to 2-D combs and spacerswhich are colour coded according to thicknessfor easy identification.

A complete stand-alone unit, RRVS10DC, forfirst dimension capillary/tube gelelectrophoresis, comprise RigRunner tank andlid, tube gel module, tubes and blanking ports.Units are interchangeable with RigRunner slabgel and electroblotting modules.

RigRunner V-MINIBlot Unit, RRSB10

RigRunner V-MINI Tube Gel Unit, RRVS10DC


MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 80 SAMPLES, 20 SAMPLES /GEL CAPACITY BLOT - 4 BLOTS




MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 80 SAMPLES, 20 SAMPLES /GEL CAPACITY 2D - 10 TUBES



For combs, see page 33

modules included in RigRunner V-MINI Vertical

Electrophoresis & 2-D System,RRVS10C2DS

RigRunner V-MINI BlotHi-Intensity Unit, RRSB10

36

This system includes all modules andaccessories required for Mini Slab GelElectrophoresis, 2-D Electrophoresis andElectroblotting. The central component of theseSystems is the RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Vertical Unit.This incorporates a rapid and intuitive casting system,enhanced and easy to set up cooling system andincreased gel capacity - each can run up to four gelsper run. RigRunner Tube gel modules are capable ofresolving up to 10 first dimension gels and theElectroblotting modules have four blot capacity. Thepackage includes all the necessary accessories forSlab Gel, First Dimension and Electroblotting. Each ofthese techniques benefits from rapid set up coolingpacks which provide enhanced resolution even duringhigh intensity 2-D electrophoresis and electroblotting.

uses samecombs asV-MAXIsystems


RRVS10WD RigRunner V-MINI WIDE, 20 x 10cm Dual, 2 sets of Glass Plates with 1mm thick bonded Spacers, 2 x 24 sample, 1mm thick combs, cooling packRRVS10WDSYS RigRunner V-MINI WIDE, 20 x 10cm Dual, 2 sets of Glass Plates with 1mm thick bonded Spacers, 2 x 24 sample, 1mm thick combs, cooling pack including caster

RRVS10WCES Complete RigRunner V-MINI WIDE (20x10cm) Vertical Electrophoresis Modular System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Vertical Unit which includes: 2x4mm thick notched glass plates, 2x4mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded spacers,





VS20CAST 20 x 10cm Casting Base VS20DCASTM Replacement Silicone Mat for 20 x 10cm Casting BaseVS10WDIRM Inner Running Module VS20-x -LG Loading guides for RigRunner V-MINI combs, x = comb well number VS10WNG 20 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2) VS10WPG 20 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2)VS10WNGS0.75 20 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2) VS10WPGSO.75 20 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)

VS10WNGS1 20 x 10cm Notched Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2) VS10WPGS1 20 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2) VS10WPGS1.5 20 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 1.5mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2) VS10WPGS2 20 x 10cm Plain Glass Plates with 2mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2) VS10WDP Blanking Plate, 20 x 10cmRPW-0.2100 Replacement Platinum Wire - 0.2mm, 50cmVS20ICB Cooling Pack

V-MINI WIDEminiWIDE

• OFFERS THE CAPACITY OF TWO

MINI GELS ON A SINGLE GEL

• RAPID GEL CASTING AND

LOADING

• OPTIONAL LOW OR HIGH

BUFFER VOLUMES


MODULAR SYSTEM

Mini SDS PAGE, Native PAGE, Gradient, Second dimension andNucleic acid separations

PLATE DIMENSIONS, 20 X 10CM (W X H) GEL DIMENSIONS, 18 X 8CM (W X H)


MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 192 SAMPLES, 48 SAMPLES /GEL

CAPACITY BLOT - 4 BLOTS/GEL

2D - 10 TUBES


COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 5, 10, 18MC, 24, 30, 36MC, 48THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM



RigRunner V-MINI WIDE vertical gel unit, with agel width of 20cm, effectively allows double thenumber of samples to be resolved as theRigRunner V-MINI unit. This allows consistency ofsample comparison on a single gel and is designed forthose with greater than 20 samples to compare and resolve.Simple set up using ultra soft silicone seals guaranteestrouble free glass plate loading and gel casting.

Dual gaskets on the gel running module along withnotched and plain glass plates ensure leak proof

gel running. Rapid set up cooling retainsresolution in extended separations and also

saves on buffer volume without affecting run quality.

4mm thick glass plates reduce breakage and havebonded spacers for added convenience. A wide range ofaccessories is available allowing many techniques to beperformed using the same unit. Prep combs can be usedto maximise sample loading and recovery. Accessoryelectroblotting and tube gel modules are available whichuse the same outer tank and lid.

modules included in RigRunner V-MINI WIDE, RRVS10WCES


37


modules included in RigRunner V-MINIWIDE 2-D System, RRVS10WC2DS

ELECTROBLOTTING

2-D SYSTEMS

RigRunner Electroblotting Systems includeboth modules required for Slab GelElectrophoresis and Electroblotting andaccessories, to provide a complete V-MINI WIDE, gel casting, running andelectroblotting system. The electroblottingmodule includes four inter-locking cassettes andeight fibre pads. A high intensity current isgenerated by coiled platinum electrodes. These inconjunction with the advanced cooling featuresallow rapid electroblotting in as little as one hour.

These stand-alone, complete units forelectroblotting, V-MINI WIDE 20x10cm formats,include RigRunner tank and lid, electroblottingmodule, cassettes and fibre pads. Modules areinterchangeable with RigRunner slab and tubegel modules. Hinged rigid cassettes allow rapidset up and convenience and ensure even contactbetween the gel and membrane is maintained.

• HINGED CASSETTES

• 4 BLOT CAPACITY

• STANDARD AND HIGH INTENSITY

OPTIONS

• RAPID SET-UP COOLING


RRVS10WDC RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Tube Gel Unit, 20x10cm with tank and lid, glass capillary tubes, blanking ports and cooling packRRVS10WDCI RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Tube Gel Module - includes glass tubes and blanking ports

MCT10 Mini Capillary Tubes, pk/100MCT101.5 Mini Capillary Tubes, 1.5mm, pk/100MCBP Mini Capillary Blanking ports

RSB10W RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Blot Unit, 20 x 10cm System including tank and

lid, 4 cassettes, 8 fibre pads, cooling pack

VS10DCI RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Blot Module - includes 4 cassettes and 8 fibre pads

SB10WC RigRunner V-MINI WIDE Blot Cassette

SB10WF Fibre pads - pk/8

RRVS10WC2DS Complete RigRunner V-MINI WIDE 2-D System, comprising:



plus: 1x Wide Capillary Electrophoresis Module which includes: internal running module for tube gels, capillary tubes, blanking plugs, 2-D combs and spacers

RRVS10WCBS Complete RigRunner V-MINI WIDE (20 x 10cm) Vertical Electrophoresis & Blotting System, comprising:



plus: 1x Wide Electroblotting Module which includes: internal electroblotting module, 4x compression cassettes for gel sizes up to 20x10cm and 8x fibre pads

• RAPID SET-UP ELECTRO-FOCUSING

• 10 TUBE CAPACITY

• EXTENDED ACCESSORY RANGE

• ENHANCED COOLING FEATURES

The RigRunner 2-D Systems include bothmodules required for Slab Gel and FirstDimension Electrophoresis andaccessories, to provide a complete MINIWIDE 2-D system. The Tube Gel Moduleincludes a rapid release gasket for easy tubeextraction. Focusing can be accomplished in aslittle as three hours. Disposable capillary tubesare included in addition to 2-D combs andspacers which are colour coded according tothickness for easy identification.

Tube Gel Units, modules and accessories -these stand-alone, complete units for firstdimension capillary/tube gel electrophoresis,include RigRunner tank and lid, tube gelmodule, tubes and blanking ports. Units areinterchangeable with RigRunner slab gel andelectroblotting modules.

modules included inRigRunner V-MINI WIDEBlot System,RRVS10WCBS

PLATE DIMENSIONS, 20 X 10CM (W X L) GEL DIMENSIONS, 18 X 8CM (W X L)

MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 192 SAMPLES, 48 SAMPLES /GEL CAPACITY BLOT - 4 BLOTS/GEL



PLATE DIMENSIONS, 20 X 10CM (W X L) GEL DIMENSIONS, 18 X 8CM (W X L)

MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 192 SAMPLES, 48 SAMPLES /GEL CAPACITY 2D - 10 TUBES



38

V-MAXI


RRVS20WAVESYS RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE, 20 x 20cm Dual with Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 24 sample combs, cooling pack, dummy plate and casting baseRRVS20WAVESYS-CU RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE, 20 x 20cm Dual with Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 24 sample combs, cooling pack, dummy plate, casting base and external casting upstand RRVS20WAVETETRAD1 RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE, 20 x 20cm Dual with Glass Plates with bonded 1mm thick spacers, 2x 24 sample combs, cooling pack, dummy plate, casting base and external casting upstand, PLUS 2x pks/2 notched glass plates with 1mm bonded spacers and 2x 1mm 24-sample combs

VS20WAVE-EC VS20 WAVE External Casting Stand - No Casting BaseVS20WAVECAST VS20WAVE Casting BaseVS20WAVEDIRM VS20WAVE PAGE insertVS20WAVE-CC Detachable Cooling CoilVS20DCAST V-Maxi WAVE, 20 x 20cm Dual CasterVS20DCASTM Replacement Rubber mats for 20 x 20cm casterVS20DIRM V-Maxi WAVE - Inner Running ModuleVS20ICB Maxi Cooling PackVS20-x -LG Loading guides for V-Maxi WAVE maxi combs, x = comb well numberVS20NG 20 x 20cm Notched Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2)VS20PG 20 x 20cm Plain Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2)VS20NGS0.75 20 x 20cm Notched Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS20PGS0.75 20 x 20cm Plain Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS20NGS1 20 x 20cm Notched Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)

VS20PGS1 20 x 20cm Plain Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS20PGS1.5 20 x 20cm Plain Glass Plates with 1.5mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS20PGS2 20 x 20cm Plain Glass Plates with 2mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS20DP Dummy Plate, 20 x 20cm VS20S0.75 20cm Spacers - 0.75mm (pk/2)VS20S1 20cm Spacers - 1mm thick (pk/2)VS20S1.5 20cm Spacers - 1.5mm thick (pk/2)VS20S2 20cm Spacers - 2mm thick (pk/2)RPW-0.2100 Replacement Platinum Wire - 0.2mm, 100cmVS20WAVE-IEFKIT IEF Conversion for 18cm IPG strips and tube gels, includes: 1 set of plain

glass plates with bonded spacers, 0.6x20cm (WxH); and 2x 2-D combs with one 3.5mm marker lane and one 18cm preparatory well

The new, innovative, vertical screw-clamp system within the PAGE insert requires only four screws to secure up to four 20x20cm gels.This gives the V-Maxi WAVE the selective advantage of a much faster set up time compared to products whose traditional clampingconfigurations require as many as 24 screws to secure just two glass plates. In addition, the WAVE’s innovative vertical screw-clampconfiguration distributes pressure evenly along the height of the gel rather than in the centre to eliminate plate bowing and gelcompression. This still maintains a leak-proof seal during casting; while the ergonomic wave-like design of he PAGE insert aids bothhandling and set up.

A detachable inner cooling coil connects to the laboratory water supply or a recirculating chiller to provide uniform, smile-freeelectrophoresis, while allowing runs to be performed at higher voltage. Whether it be running 2 or 4 gels, electroblotting, and IEFusing capillary tube gels or IPG strips, all of these techniques may beperformed using the same multi-purpose unit. And of course, this is in additionto retaining the benefits of large format electrophoresis, such as extendedseparation distances, greater sample throughput and superior resolution.

V-MAXI WAVE TETRADA 4-gel RigRunner TETRAD system is created by simply introducing additionaplates with spacers and appropriate combs. TETRAD is supplied with a castinbase and external casting upstand to allow gels to be prepared in advance,ready for the next run.

External Casting Upstandis basically a standardinternal module butwithout Platinum wire

NUMBER OF GELS 1 - 4PLATE DIMENSIONS (W X H X T) 20 X 20 X 0.4CM

STANDARD SPACER DIMENSIONS (W X H) 2 X 20CM

IPG SPACER DIMENSIONS (W X H) 0.6 X 20CM

TOTAL VOLUME INNER BUFFER CHAMBER 640ML

TOTAL BUFFER VOLUME FOR 2 GELS 5.3LTOTAL BUFFER VOLUME FOR 4 GELS 4.8L STANDARD RUN TIME FOR SDS PAGE

WITHOUT COOLING 4 - 5 HOURS

WITH COOLING 3 - 4 HOURS

MAX. SAMPLE CAPACITY 192 SAMPLES, 48 PER GEL

COMBS AVAILABLE : NO. OF SAMPLES 1, 5, 10, 18MC, 24, 30, 36MC, 48 THICKNESSES 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2MM

UNIT DIMENSIONS (W X D X H) 30 X 18 X 27CM

WEIGHT 2.5KG


The new V-Maxi ‘WAVE’ System isdesigned to perform a variety ofseparations, including first- and second-dimension SDS-PAGE, native, preparative,gradient and high-resolution nucleic acidelectrophoresis, plus capillary tube gel IEFand electroblotting, the V-Maxi WAVE isone of the most versatile maxi verticalsystems available.

• RUN UP TO FOUR GELS

SIMULTANEOUSLY [TETRAD SYSTEMS]

• ONLY FOUR SCREWS REQUIRED TO

SECURE GLASS PLATES - SIGNIFICANTLY

REDU ES SET UP TIME

• VERTICAL SCREW-CLAMPS DISTRIBUTE

PRESSURE EVENLY ALONG THE HEIGHT

OF THE GEL TO PREVENT PLATE

OWING AND GEL COMPRESSION

• DETACHABLE INNER COOLING COIL

FACILITATES RAPID AND UNIFORM,SMILE-FREE ELECTROPHORESIS, EVEN AT

HIGHER VOLTAGES

• INJECTION MOULDED CONSTRUCTION

GUARANTEES LONG LIFE WITH RELIABLE

AND CONSISTENT PERFORMANCE

For advancecasting,

see page 49

39

• Dual purpose PAGE insert eliminates time-consuming transfer of glass plates betweenseparate casting and running modules

• Ground glass plates with bonded injection moulded spacers consistent with combthickness ensure ‘clean’ well formation, as well as the correct alignment for leak-freecasting; also eliminate the need for easily mislaid and awkward to use spacer aligners

• Very forgiving, ultra-soft silicone mat within cam-caster compensates for glass platemisalignment to ensure leak-free casting


Code DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME

PER WELL

VS20-1-0.75 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 0.75mm thick 1100µlVS20-5-0.75 Comb 5 sample, 0.75mm thick 160µlVS20-10-0.75 Comb 10 sample, 0.75mm thick 80µlVS20-18MC-0.75 Comb 18 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 40µlVS20-24-0.75 Comb 24 sample, 0.75mm thick 30µlVS20-30-0.75 Comb 30 sample, 0.75mm thick 25µlVS20-36MC-0.75 Comb 36 sample MC, 0.75mm thick 20µlVS20-48-0.75 Comb 48 sample, 0.75mm thick 15µl

VS20-1-1 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1mm thick 1500µlVS20-5-1 Comb 5 sample, 1mm thick 200µlVS20-10-1 Comb 10 sample, 1mm thick 100µlVS20-18MC-1 Comb 18 sample MC, 1mm thick 50µlVS20-24-1 Comb 24 sample, 1mm thick 40µlVS20-30-1 Comb 30 sample, 1mm thick 35µlVS20-36MC-1 Comb 36 sample MC, 1mm thick 25µlVS20-48-1 Comb 48 sample, 1mm thick 20µl


PER WELL

VS20-1-1.5 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1.5mm thick 2200µlVS20-5-1.5 Comb 5 sample, 1.5mm thick 320µlVS20-10-1.5 Comb 10 sample, 1.5mm thick 160µlVS20-18MC-1.5 Comb 18 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 80µlVS20-24-1.5 Comb 24 sample, 1.5mm thick 60µlVS20-30-1.5 Comb 30 sample, 1.5mm thick 50µlVS20-36MC-1.5 Comb 36 sample MC, 1.5mm thick 40µlVS20-48-1.5 Comb 48 sample, 1.5mm thick 30µl

VS20-1-2 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 2mm thick 3000µlVS20-5-2 Comb 5 sample, 2mm thick 400µlVS20-10-2 Comb 10 sample, 2mm thick 200µlVS20-18MC-2 Comb 18 sample MC, 2mm thick 100µlVS20-24-2 Comb 24 sample, 2mm thick 80µlVS20-30-2 Comb 30 sample, 2mm thick 70µlVS20-36MC-2 Comb 36 sample MC, 2mm thick 50µlVS20-48-2 Comb 48 sample, 2mm thick 40µl

Colou

r

Colou

r

Assemble each gel cassette on aflat level surface, by placing theplain glass plate down with thespacers facing upwards followedby the notched glass plate.

Check the bottom of the glassplates to ensure that they areflush together, and place thePAGE insert on the casting base;make sure that the cams arefacing downwards.

Vertical screw-pins, colour -coded toprevent polarity reversal, push the gelclamps out of the resting slots to secureglass plates firmly within the PAGE insert

Resting slots allow the gel clamps to sitconveniently out of the way, to aidhindrance-free loading of the cassettesinto the PAGE insert

Sliding gel clamps availablein two thicknesses to

accommodate single- anddouble-gel cassettes

Ergonomic ‘wave’ design ofPAGE insert providesconvenient finger grips foreasy handling

Flat, level gasket preventscurrent leakage from inner

buffer chamber

Cam pins lock PAGE insert ontothe ultra-soft silicone matwithin the casting base to

provide leak-free seal

Insert cams and turn until tight,drawing the PAGE insert onto thecasting to form a leak-proof seal.

Pour in the gel solution, insert thecombs and allow the wells topolymerise.

Loosen the vertical screw pins inthe PAGE insert to release thelocking mechanism, allowing thegel clamps to sit in the restingslots.

Insert a gel cassette into each sideof the inner buffer chamber in thePAGE insert, and begin tighteningthe vertical screw-pins.

Transfer the PAGE insert to gel thetank. Fill the inner and outerbuffer chambers before loadingsamples.

Replace the lid, connect to thepower supply and run.

Continue to tighten the screw-pins until the gel clamps glideout of the resting slots and fixfirmly against the glass platespushing them upright.

a

e

f

g h i

b c d

1. Lid and power cables

2. PAGE insert

3. Vertical screw-pin

4. Clamping bars

5. Glass plates

6. Inner buffer chamber

7. Gasket

8. Detachable cooling coil

9. Outer tank

10. Cam-pin caster

11. Ultra-soft casting mat

12. Combs

V-Maxi WAVE component parts

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1011

12

UNIT DIMENSIONS, 30 X 18 X 27CM (W X D X H)

MAX. SAMPLE PAGE - 192 SAMPLES, 48 SPLS /GELCAPACITY BLOT - 4 BLOTS 2D - 10 TUBES



40

1

2

5

3

6

4

MODULAR SYSTEM

The RigRunner range of Modular VerticalGel Systems allow multipleelectrophoresis techniques to beperformed in the same unit. Using the samemain tank and lid, three different inserts areinterchangeable for PAGE, tube gel andelectroblotting techniques. These systems areavailable in three size options, V-MINI 10 x 10cm,V-MINI WIDE 20 x 10cm and V-MAXI WAVE20 x 20cm, as individual, combination orcomplete modular systems. Combination andmodular systems offer maximum value andspace and have the added benefit of increasedconsistency which results from using the sameuniversal base and lid.

• ECONOMY OF BENCH SPACE AND COST

• ENHANCED REPRODUCIBILITY

• SIMPLE TO USE CASTING

• SCALE-UP DISCOVERY PROJECTS

USING A LARGE FORMAT, HIGH-RESOLUTION SYSTEM

RRVS20CES Complete RigRunner V-MAXI WAVE (20x20cm) Vertical Electrophoresis Modular System, comprising:

1x RigRunner V-MAXI WAVE Vertical Unit which includes: 2x4mm thick notched glass plates, 2x4mm thick plain glass plates with 1mm thick bonded spacers,



plus: 1x Capillary Electrophoresis Module which includes: internal running module for tube gels, capillary tubes, blanking plugs and 1x WAVE IEF-KIT:

1 set of plain glass plates with bonded spacers, 0.6x20cm (WxH); and 2x 2-D combs with one 3.5mm marker lane and one 18cm preparatory well


RRVS20DC RigRunner V-MAXI Tube Gel Unit, 20x20cm with tank and lid, glass capillary tubes, blanking ports and cooling packRRVS20DCI RigRunner V-MAXI Tube Gel Module - includes glass tubes and blanking ports

MCT20 Maxi Capillary Tubes, pk/10MCT201.5 Maxi Capillary Tubes, 1.5mm, pk/10MCBP Maxi Capillary Blanking ports

RRVS20C2DS Complete RigRunner V-MAXI WAVE 2-D System, comprising:


1x blanking plate, 2x combs (1mm thick 24 samples), 1x casting base, silicone mat, cooling pack

plus: 1x Capillary Electrophoresis Module which includes: internal running module for tube gels, capillary tubes, blanking plugs and 1x WAVE IEF-KIT:

1 set of plain glass plates with bonded spacers, 0.6x20cm (WxH); and 2x 2-D combs with one 3.5mm marker lane and one 18cm preparatory well

COMPONENTS OF V-MAXIWAVE MODULAR SYSTEM

1 Tank and Lid

2 PAGE Module

3 Electroblotting Module

4 Hi-Intensity Electroblotting Module

5 Capillary Electrophoresis Module

6 Casting Base

For advancecasting,

see page 45

The V-Maxi WAVE complete electrophoresis system provides afully integrated solution using one universal gel tank and lid forvertical PAGE, tube gel IEF and electroblotting. This concept ofinterchangeable inserts allows users to combine vertical PAGE withcapillary gel IEF to perform 2-D electrophoresis, followed by westerntransfer for enhanced sensitivity. The supplied detachable internalCooling Coil allows connection to either the laboratory water supply or arecirculating chiller, and so makes the systems ideal for:

• temperature-sensitive separations and samples and/or

• application of high voltages to achieve precise, high-resolutionfocusing for pI determination

BlottingThe Standard Platinum Wire module can accommodate up to four20x20cm, eight 20x10cm or sixteen 10x10cm gels while the optionalHigh-Intensity Plate module facilitates rapid 2-gel transfers.

2D Capillary ElectrophoresisFocus up to 10 first-dimension IEF tube gels within a single run using thededicated 2-D insert, or use the included blanking ports to run fewer gelsif preferred

IEF Conversion for 18cm IPG strips and tube gels,includes: 1 set of plain glass plates with bondedspacers, 0.6x20cm (WxH); and 2x 2-D combs with one3.5mm marker lane and one 18cm preparatory well

41

PLATE DIMENSIONS, 20 X 20 X 0.4CM GEL DIMENSIONS, 16 X 17.5 X 0.4CM

(W X L)


MAX. SAMPLE PAGE 192 SAMPLES, 48 SAMPLES / GEL

CAPACITY BLOT 4X WAVE 20X20CM GELS

1X HI-INTENSITY WAVE 20X20CM GEL



ELECTROBLOTTING

2-D SYSTEMS

The RigRunner WAVE Blotting Systems include allnecessary components for blotting of vertical slabgels. Interchangeable modular inserts combine verticalPAGE with electro-transfer using the same universaltank and lid. The electroblotting module includes fourinter-locking cassettes and eight fibre pads, with capacityfor up to 4 WAVE Maxi gels, 8 V-Mini Wide or 16 V-Minigels. The Standard insert with platinum wire electrodes8cm apart is ideal for optimum capacity - at voltages aslow as 35V, while the Hi-Intensity insert with coiledplatinum plate electrodes, just 4cm apart are perfect forrapid transfers - 1-2 hours, at 200V. A detachable coolingcoil, which connects to the laboratory water supply ora recirculating chiller, prevents buffer depletion and soallows overnight transfers while also maintaining thelow temperatures important for protein stability duringnative transfers and also for fast high-intensity blots.

Complete stand-alone units for electroblotting, RRSW20/RRSW20-HI comprise RigRunner tank and lid, electroblottingmodule, cassettes and fibre pads. Modules are interchangeablewith RigRunner slab and tube gel modules. Hinged rigidcassettes allow rapid set up and convenience and ensure evencontact between the gel and membrane is maintained.

The RigRunner WAVE 2-D Systems include allnecessary components for 2-D electrophoresisusing capillary ampholyte tube gels. Interchangeablemodular inserts run capillary tube gels for first-dimensionIEF and vertical slab gels for second-dimension with SDS-PAGE using the same universal tank and lid. It is possibleto focus up to 10 first-dimension IEF tube gels within asingle run using the dedicated 2-D insert, or use includedblanking ports to run fewer gels if preferred. The systemmay also be used for 18cm IPG strips resolved in the first-dimension on the RigRunner flat-bed IEF system

Complete stand-alone units for first dimensioncapillary/tube gel electrophoresis are available andcomprise RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE tank and lid, tube gelmodule, tubes and blanking ports. Units areinterchangeable with RigRunner WAVE slab gel andelectroblotting modules.

RigRunner V-MAXI WAVEStandard Blotter, RRSW20

RigRunner V-MAXI WAVEHi-Intensity Blotter, RRSW20-HI

• ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS FOR

2-D ELECTROPHORESIS USING

CAPILLARY AMPHOLYTE TUBE GEL

• INTERCHANGEABLE INSERTS RUN

CAPILLARY TUBE GELS FOR FIRST-DIMENSION IEF AND VERTICAL

SLAB GELS FOR SECOND-DIMENSION

SDS-PAGE USING THE SAME

UNIVERSAL TANK AND LID

PLATE DIMENSIONS, 20 X 20 X 0.4CM GEL DIMENSIONS, 16 X 17.5 X 0.4CM

(W X L)


MAX. SAMPLE PAGE 192 SAMPLES, 48 SAMPLES / GEL

CAPACITY 2D 10 TUBES




RRSB20 RigRunner V-MAXI Blot Unit, 20 x 20cm System including tank and lid,

4 cassettes, 18 fibre pads, cooling pack

VS20BI RigRunner V-MAXI Blot Module - 4 cassettes and 18 fibre pads

VS20BI-HI RigRunner V-MAXI Hi-Intensity Blot Module - 1x cassette and 6 fibre pads

SB20C RigRunner V-MAXI Blot Cassette

SB20F Fibre pads - pk/6

RRVS20CBS Complete RigRunner V-MAXI WAVE (20 x 20cm) Vertical Electrophoresis & Blotting System, comprising:




RRVS20CBS-HI Complete RigRunner V-MAXI WAVE (20 x 20cm) Vertical Electrophoresis & High Intensity Blotting System, comprising:



plus: 1x High Intensity Electroblotting Module which includes: internal electroblotting module, 2x compression cassettes for gel sizes up to 20x20cm and 6x fibre pads

• VERTICAL PAGE AND BLOTTING

USING THE SAME UNIVERSAL TANK

AND LID

• OPEN DESIGN, RIGID CASSETTES

MAXIMISE CURRENT TRANSFER AND

ELIMINATE ‘SHADOW BAND’FORMATION

• COLOUR-CODED CASSETTES

PREVENT POLARITY REVERSAL

• COOLING COIL INCLUDED TO

MAINTAIN LOW RUNNING

TEMPERATURES

42

4-GEL TETRAD SYSTEMS

FOR THOSE PLANNING

TO PURCHASE MULTIPLE

ITEMS FOR SPECIFIC

PROJECTS OR

TECHNIQUES,RIGRUNNER PACKAGES

OFFER EXCELLENT

VALUE. CHECK OUT THE

INDIVIDUAL PRICES AND

SEE WHAT CAN BE

SAVED WITH ONE OF

THESE PACKAGES. IFYOU DON’T SEE ONE TO

SUIT YOUR NEEDS,PLEASE CONTACT US, WE

MAY BE ABLE TO

CONSTRUCT ONE JUST

FOR YOU.

TETRAD10 RigRunner TETRAD Mini-Protein Electrophoresis Package for 1mm self-cast gels. Includes: - RRVS10DSYS-CU – 10x10cm mini-vertical unit with casting base and external casting stand, plus 2x 1mm 12-sample combs, 2x plain glass plates with 1mm spacer and 2x notched plates (Page 32), VS10-12-1 – 2x additional 1mm 12-sample combs, VS10PGS1 – 1 pack of 2x plain glass plates with 1mm spacer, VS10NG - 1 pack of 2x notched glass plates with 1mm spacer, VS10NGS1 - 2 packs of 2x notched glass plates with 1mm spacer

TETRAD10-CBS RigRunner TETRAD Mini-Protein Electrophoresis and Blotting Package for 1mm self-cast gels and interchangeable 4-blot module,

Includes: - TETRAD10 and VS10BI – 4-blot insert with 4 blotting cassettes and 8 fibre pads (Page 35)

TETRAD10-PS RigRunner TETRAD with standard Midi power supply option*. Includes: - TETRAD10 - RigRunner TETRAD Mini-Protein Electrophoresis Package for 1mm self-cast gels and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

TETRAD10-CBS-PS RigRunner TETRAD-CBS with standard Midi power supply*. Includes: - TETRAD10-CBS - RigRunner TETRAD10 Mini-Protein Electrophoresis Package for 1mm self- cast gels with blotting module and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

V-MINIPACK RigRunner Mini Vertical with standard Midi power supply option*. Includes: - RRVS10DSYS - OmniPAGE Mini Vertical with casting base and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

V-MINIPACK-CBS RigRunner Mini Vertical with interchangeable 4-blot module and standard Midi power supply option*. Includes: - OMNI10-PS - RigRunner Mini Vertical with casting base, VS10BI – 4-blot insert with 4 blotting cassettes and 8 fibre pads (Page 35) and RR-300V - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

V-WAVEPACK RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE Vertical* with interchangeable 3-blot module and standard Midi power supply option*. Includes: - RRWAVEDYS RigRunner V-Maxi WAVE Vertical with casting base, VS20BI – 3-blot insert with 3 blotting cassettes and 6 fibre pads (Page 41) and RR-300 - 300V, 700mA, 150W midi power supply (Page 53)

* 1) all packages available with High Voltage RR-500P Power Supply, 2) WAVE Maxi Tetrad systems also available, please contact for information and pricing


V-MINIPACK V-MINIPACK-CBS V-WAVEPACK

TETRAD10-PS TETRAD10-CBS-PS

TETRAD10 TETRAD10-CBS

43

RRCSQ20 Large Format Vertical, 20cm wide, glass plates, 0.35mm spaces, 48 sample combCSQ20-NG Glass plates, Notched, pk/2 CSQ20-PG Glass plates, pk/2CSQ20-S0.25 Spacer set 0.25mm

CSQ20-S0.35 Spacer set 0.35mmCSQ20-S1 Spacer set 1mmCSQ20-S1.5 Spacer set 1.5mm


PLA

TER

AC

KS

These sturdy racks aredesigned for safe drying andstorage of glass plates. Thesmall rack can hold up to20x 2mm thick plates whilethe larger rack canaccommodate up to 10x5mm thick glass plates.

RRCSQ33 Large Format Vertical, 33cm wide, glass plates, 0.35mm spaces, 48 sample combCSQ33-NG Glass plates, Notched, pk/2CSQ33-PG Glass plates, pk/2CSQ33-S0.25 Spacer set 0.25mmCSQ33-S0.35 Spacer set 0.35mm

CSQ33-S1 Spacer set 1mmCSQ33-S1.5 Spacer set 1.5mmFHS Fan heater sensor kit for large format vertical units RRCSQ20 and RRCSQ33


CSQ20-0.25-24 Comb 24 sample, 0.25mm thick, Sharks tooth 7µlCSQ20-0.25-48 Comb 48 sample, 0.25mm thick, Sharks tooth 3µlCSQ33-0.25-48 Comb 48 sample, 0.25mm thick, Sharks tooth 7µlCSQ33-0.25-96 Comb 96 sample, 0.25mm thick, Sharks tooth 3µlCSQ20-0.35-24 Comb 24 sample, 0.35mm thick, Sharks tooth 9µlCSQ20-0.35-48 Comb 48 sample, 0.35mm thick, Sharks tooth 5µlCSQ33-0.35-48 Comb 48 sample, 0.35mm thick, Sharks tooth 9µlCSQ33-0.35-96 Comb 96 sample, 0.35mm thick, Sharks tooth 5µl


CSQ20-1-24 Comb 24 sample, 1mm thick, Square tooth 40µlCSQ20-1-48 Comb 48 sample, 1mm thick, Square tooth 20µlCSQ33-1-48 Comb 48 sample, 1mm thick, Square tooth 35µlCSQ33-1-80 Comb 80 sample, 1mm thick, Square tooth 20µlCSQ20-1.5-24 Comb 24 sample, 1.5mm thick, Square tooth 60µlCSQ20-1.5-48 Comb 48 sample, 1.5mm thick, Square tooth 30µlCSQ33-1.5-48 Comb 48 sample, 1.5mm thick, Square tooth 50µlCSQ33-1.5-80 Comb 80 sample, 1.5mm thick, Square tooth 30µl

MGPR Mini Glass Plate Rack for 20x 2mm Plates LGPR Large Glass Plate Rack for 10x 5mm Plates For 110 V AC, please add ‘-$’ as a suffix to the above code

Ideal for a variety of large formatvertical gel applications, these LargeFormat vertical gel systems offeradvanced features for enhancing gelresolution and ease of use, essentialwhen handling gels of this size. Eachunit contains ultra soft silicone seals foreasy plate sealing and trouble free runs,even over extended run times.

Resolution is enhanced by using an aluminium heatsink plate, essential for even sample migration.Added convenience is provided by a removablelower buffer tank and upper buffer drainage tap.

Special buffer chambers allow either low buffervolumes to be used for economy or high buffervolumes to be used for extended runs.

A wide range of interchangeable comb and spaceroptions allows a large number of techniques to beeasily accomplished including; DNA Sequencing, 2-D analysis, Micro-satellite analysis, DNAfingerprinting, Gel shift assays, Single-StrandConformation Polymorphism (SSCP), Heteroduplexand Oligonucleotide analysis.


• ENHANCED GEL HEAT

HOMOGENISATION

• VARIABLE LOW OR HIGH

BUFFER VOLUMES

• 20 X 50CM OR 33 X 45CM

FORMATS

PLATE DIMENSIONS CSQ20 20 X 50CM (W X L) CSQ33 33 X 45CM

MAX SAMPLE CSQ20 48 SAMPLES CAPACITY CSQ33 96 SAMPLES

BUFFER VOLUME CSQ20 MIN 500ML, MAX 1000ML CSQ33 MIN 800ML, MAX 2000ML

COMBS AVAILABLE NO. OF TEETH 24, 48, 80, 96 THICKNESSES 0.25, 0.35, 1, 1.5MM


DNA Sequencing, 2-D analysis, Micro-satellite analysis, DNA fingerprinting,Gel shift assays, Single-StrandConformation Polymorphism (SSCP),Heteroduplex and Oligonucleotideanalysis


LARGE FORMAT

VR

ca

removable lowerbuffer tray foreasy cleaning

easily replacedbuffer seals

fan heater sensor kit

Large Format Vertical

FlexiCaster for LargeFormat Vertical

For 110 V AC, please add ‘-$’ as a suffix to the above code

44

HighspecificationChiller availablefor use withflatbed IEF unit.

RRIEF Flatbed IEF system for IPG strips and gels, with focusing and rehydration trays RRCHILL Chiller system, -20 to 100°C, including insulated tubing & clipsF250 Julabo ChillerIEF-KIT 1-D Combination Package, includes RRIEF, RRCHILL and EV232 IEFPOS Replacement positive electrode IEFNEG Replacement negative electrode

IEFPLT Replacement Glass platform IEFFRME Replacement electrode frame RHYDTRY Rehydration TrayFOCUSTRAY Focusing tray with adjustable electrodes EV233 Consort 3000V, 300mA, 300W power supply


FOCUSING TRAY

ELECTRODE DISTANCE 6.5CM 10.2CM 17.1CM 22.7CM

MAXIMUM STRIP LENGTH ACCOMMODATED 25.3CM 25.3CM 25.3CM 25.3CM

IPG STRIP LENGTH 7CM N/A* 18CM 24CM

REHYDRATION TRAY

MAXIMUM STRIP LENGTH ACCOMMODATED 24CM 24CM 24CM 24CM

RECOMMENDED VOLUME FOR STRIP REHYDRATION 3.5ML 6ML 8.0ML 12.0ML

IPG Strip Length

Tray Specifications 7cm 11cm* 18cm 24cm

IEF STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6VOLTAGE (V) 150 300 600 1500 3000 300TIME (H) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5 <20VOLT-HOURS 75 150 300 750 7500 -

18cm IPG Strip

IEF STEP 1 2 3 4 5 VOLTAGE (V) 300 600 1500 3000 300 TIME (H) 0.5 1 1 12 <20 VOLT-HOURS 150 600 1500 36000 -

Typical Running Conditions7cm IPG Strip

ISOELECTRIC FOCUSING

• FOR IPG STRIPS AND IEF GELS

• LARGE COOLING PLATFORM AREA

• ‘PICK-AND-PLACE’ ADJUSTABLE ELECTRODES

• FOCUSING TRAY FOR A MAXIMUM TWELVE

IPG STRIPS

• REHYDRATION TRAY ALSO INCLUDED

Now equipped with rehydration and focusing trays, the redesignedRigRunner IEF has been optimised to perform first-dimensionisoelectric focusing (IEF) with IPG (immobilised pH gradient) stripsquickly, easily and reproducibly. An ideal entry-level system for bothinexperienced and occasional IEF users, the unit is also versatile enough to meetthe needs of laboratories with increased throughput requirements.

Its high-capacity focusing tray accommodates up to twelve IPG strips. AnAdjustable ‘pick-and-place’ electrodes clip conveniently anywhere within thefocusing tray to resolve IPG strips 7-24cm in length; colour-coded to preventpolarity reversal. The Electrode frame clips directly on to the cooling plate andincludes adjustable electrodes to run horizontal precast IEF and PAGE gels.

A cooling plate, manufactured from a special grade ceramic in a large 26x26cmsurface area, facilitates effective heat dissipation and homogenous thermalcontrol, particularly during high voltage IEF techniques. An optional, butrecommended, recirculating chiller connects quickly and easily to the coolingplate via snap-lock connectors to maintain optimal operating temperatures forIPG strips (20°C) and precast gels (4°C).

The Rehydration tray allows convenient transfer of IPG strips to the focusing traywithout time-consuming removal of residual rehydration buffer; also enablesfocusing tray to remain permanently in use for IEF to maximise throughput, andprovides useful storage at -20°C for focused strips before second-dimensionruns.

For those requiring a power supply, the Consort EV232, 3000V, 150mA, 150Wenables desired Volt-hours for focusing to be attained faster at maximumvoltage. Its nine different program settings with nine different parameters andvoltage ramping make the EV232 ideal for multi-step IEF techniques. Data-logging capacity for up to 3600 output values, while run data may be collectedvia RS232 connection and free downloadable data acquisition software.

MAX. COMMERCIAL STRIP LENGTH ACCOMMODATED 24CM

MAX. GEL DIMENSIONS ON COOLING PLATE 26 X 26CM

UNIT DIMENSIONS (WXDXH) 55 X 35 X 10CM

FOCUSING TRAY STRIP CAPACITY 12X 18 AND 24CM STRIPS; 24X 7 AND 11CM STRIPS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE 4 - 25°C

REGULATORY CERTIFICATION CE, EN61010


1

23

IEF COMPONENTS1. Focusing Tray

2. Adjustable ‘pick-and-place’ electrodes

3. Ceramic cooling plate with snap-lockconnectors

4. Rehydration tray (not shown)

5. Electrode frame for horizontal precast gels

6. Shrouded 2mm high voltage cables (not shown)

5

45

UNIT DIMENSIONS 36 X 33 X 18CM (L X W X D)

PLATE DIMENSIONS 30 X 22CM (W X L)

GEL DIMENSIONS 28 X 20CM (W X L)

MAX SAMPLE 300 SAMPLES PER RUN; CAPACITY 75 SAMPLES PER GEL

BUFFER VOLUME MIN 1800ML, MAX 8400ML

COMBS AVAILABLE NO. OF TEETH 1, 2, 4, 28MC, 56MC, 75 THICKNESSES 0.25, 0.35, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2.0MM


RRVS30D RigRunner V-MAXIPLUS, 30 x 22cm Dual with Glass Plates with bonded 1.5mm spacers, 2 x 28 sample combs, 2 x 2-D combs, cooling pack, blanking plateRRVS30DSYS RigRunner V-MAXIPLUS, as above with Casting BaseVS30BI RigRunner V-MAXI Blot Plus Module - includes 3 cassettes and 6 fibre padsVS30DCAST 30 x 22cm Dual Casting BaseVS30DCASTM Replacement Silicone Mat for 30 x 22cm Casting BaseRRVS30DIRM Inner Running ModuleVS30ICB Maxi Cooling PackVS30-x-LG Loading guides for RigRunner V-MAXI combs, x = comb well numberVS30NG 30 x 22cm Notched Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2)VS30PG 30 x 22cm Plain Glass Plates 4mm thick (pk/2)VS30NGS0.75 30 x 22cm Notched Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS30PGS0.75 30 x 22cm Plain Glass Plates with 0.75mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)

VS30NGS1 30 x 22cm Notched Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS30PGS1 30 x 22cm Plain Glass Plates with 1mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS30PGS1.5 30 x 22cm Plain Glass Plates with 1.5mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS30PGS2 30 x 22cm Plain Glass Plates with 2mm Bonded Spacers (pk/2)VS30DP Blanking Plate, 20 x 20cm VS30S0.75 22cm Spacers - 0.75mm (pk/2)VS30S1 22cm Spacers - 1mm thick (pk/2)VS30S1.5 22cm Spacers - 1.5mm thick (pk/2)VS30S2 22cm Spacers - 2mm thick (pk/2)RPW-0.2100 Replacement Platinum Wire - 0.2mm, 100cm


The RigRunner VS30 unit provides aconvenient solution for the second stage of2-D electrophoresis. The 26cm active gel widthprovides a large gel area to resolve large IEF stripsIn combination with the IEF system above, thisoffers a complete package for 2-D electrophoresis.The unit utilises the RigRunner advanced designfeatures to provide convenient ease of use withhigh resolution separations.

Rapid set up cooling retains resolution in extendedseparations and also saves on buffer volume withouaffecting run quality. Four gels can be resolved perrun. A wide range of accessories is available toallow easy transition between 2-D and standardvertical electrophoresis techniques. In particulardifferent types of 2-D comb allow a wide degree oversatility in sample selection and gel set-up.

Code DESCRIPTION SAMPLE VOLUME

PER WELL

VS30-1-1 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1mm thick 2250µlVS30-2-1 Comb 2 sample, 1mm thick 1125µlVS30-4-1 Comb 4 sample, 1mm thick 550µlVS30-28-1MC Comb 28 sample, 1mm thick MC compatible 80µlVS30-56-1MC Comb 56 sample, 1mm thick MC compatible 40µlVS30-75-1MC Comb 75 sample 1mm thick MC compatible 25µl


PER WELL

VS30-1-1.5 Comb 1 Prep, 1 Marker, 1.5mm thick 3375µlVS30-2-1.5 Comb 2 sample, 1.5mm thick 1680µlVS30-4-1.5 Comb 4 sample, 1.5mm thick 825µlVS30-28-1.5MC Comb 28 sample, 1.5mm thick MC compatible 120µlVS30-56-1.5MC Comb 56 sample, 1.5mm thick MC compatible 60µlVS30-75-1 5MC Comb 75 sample, 1.5mm thick MC compatible 37µl

Colou

r

Colou

r

COMBS ALSO AVAILABLE IN MC = multichannel pipette compatible

• IDEAL FOR SECOND DIMENSION

ELECTROPHORESIS

• ACCEPTS STRIPS UP TO 26CM

IN LENGTH

• RAPID SET UP COOLPACKS FOR

ENHANCED RESOLUTION

2-D ELECTROPHORESIS

sec

on

ds

tag

e

ADVANCE GEL CASTING• LEAK PROOF SEALS

• EASY TO USE

• COMPATIBLE WITH RIGRUNNER

V-SERIES GEL CHAMBERS

RRVS10EXCASTER External Casting Stand for V-MINI - Upstand only

RRVS10EXCASTERSYS External Casting System for V-MINI - Upstand + Casting Base

RRVS10WEXCASTER External Casting Stand for V-MINI Wide - Upstand only

RRVS20EXCASTER External Casting Stand for V-MAXI WAVE - Upstand only


An additional External Casting Stand, availablewith or without base, offers a cost-effectivemethod of advance gel casting. Based on theInner Running Modules of V-MINI, V-MINI WIDEand V-MAXI WAVE, the unit is identical to thestandard module but without the platinumwiring. Simply cast your gels as normal, allow toset, load samples and then transfer to theappropriate RigRunner Running Module.

46

The newly designed VS20WAVE-DGGE isa complete system for DNA mutationanalysis. Using the innovative vertical screw-clamp technology of the new VS20-WAVEsystem, the VS20WAVE-DGGE is fully equipped– with temperature control unit, stirrer, gradientmixer and casting accessories – to performspecific mutation analysis applications. Thepowerful microprocessor-controlled PIDtemperature control unit enables variousmutation detection techniques to be undertakenbetween ambient temperature and 70°C, whilethe simple four-screw design of the WAVE insertaccelerates set up of denaturing PAGE gels.Accordingly, the new VS20-DGGE can be usedto screen single-base pair changes in thefollowing applications:

• Heteroduplex analysis (HA)

• Parallel Denaturing Gradient GelElectrophoresis (DGGE)

• Constant Denaturing Gradient GelElectrophoresis (CDGE)

• MAXIMUM 96-SAMPLE

THROUGHPUT COMPATIBLE

WITH MICROPLATES AND

THERMAL CYCLER BLOCKS

• FOUR-SCREW VERTICAL

CLAMPING TECHNOLOGY

ACCELERATES SET UP

• LARGE FORMAT - 20X20CM

GLASS PLATES FOR IMPROVED

RESOLUTION

• MICROPROCESSOR-CONTROLLED VALVE-CONTROLLED 50ML RESERVOIR

AND MIXING CHAMBERS,MAKES TWO 1MM PARALLEL

DENATURING GRADIENT GELS

TEMPERATURE CONTROL UNIT

ACCURATE TO ±0.02°C

VS20WAVE-DGGE - Applications

i. New VS20WAVE electrophoresis insert and camcaster for leak free casting

ii. Gradient mixer simplifies DGGE option

iii. Optional temperature control for reproducibility

iv. High resolution 20x20cm format

i. Uses constant denaturant gels cast with newVS20WAVE electrophoresis insert and camcaster for leak free casting

ii. Temperature control unit provides constant runtemperature during electrophoresis

iii. Maximum 96-sample throughput (48 samplesper gel)

i. GM100 gradient mixer and optional MU-D01peristaltic pump simplify casting of denaturinggradient gels

ii. New VS20WAVE electrophoresis insert and camcaster for leak free casting

iii. Temperature control unit provides consistent runtemperatures between 45-70°C

iv. High resolution 20x20cm format

VS20WAVEDGGEApplicationBenefits

Description

i. Determines the denaturing conditions required toidentify unknown mutations

ii. Works on the principle that increasing denaturantconcentrations melt DNA in a domain-specificmanner, and the mutation or polymorphism ofinterest is in the DNA domain with the lowest Tm

iii. Requires parallel DGGE – a technique where DNAsamples are resolved at uniform temperature ingels containing a formamide and urea denaturantgradient parallel to the direction of electrophoresis

iv. Results in partial melting of DNA to produce abranched molecule identified by its reducedmobility within the gel.

DGGE CGGE HA

i. Rapid screening method for multiple samplescontaining an identified mutation

ii. Requires DGGE beforehand to establishoptimal denaturing conditions to identify aspecific mutation

iii. No denaturant gradient required as multiplesamples are screened on a constantdenaturant gel

iv. Increases throughput and alleviatesbottlenecks

i. Used when it is difficult to detect a homoduplexmutation by DGGE

ii. Requires denaturation and re-annealing ofwildtype and mutant DNA mixed together, usuallywithin a PCR reaction

iii. Resultant heteroduplexes are less stable and meltat a lower denaturant concentration than wild-typeand mutant homoduplex molecules, allowing themto be identified by reduced mobility within the gel

iv. Requires parallel DGGE, or may be performedovernight in a TBE gel made from special highresolution acrylamide

DENATURING GRADIENT

The flexibility provided by the modular design of theVS20WAVE-DGGE and its wide range of accessories enableslaboratories to switch quickly and easily between differentmutation detection techniques, thereby maximising throughputand screening efficiency. A maximum 96-sample throughputallows detection of as many mutations within a couple hours,alleviating many of the bottlenecks associated with screeningfor DNA mutations.

The GM100 gradient mixer is supplied as standard to ensureefficient gradient formation by mixing and delivering high-and low-density denaturant solutions. A flat-base designand support handle allows the GM100 to be secured to aretort stand, enabling it to be easily mounted on a magneticstirring plate, while the mixing chamber can accommodate amagnetic stirrer to form a linear gradient. The MU-D01peristaltic pump is also recommended for delivery of linearand reproducible gradient gels.

GM100gradient

mixer


47

den

au

Rin

g g

Ra

die

n

VS20WAVE-DGGEInnovative Casting and Set-up Mechanism

The RRVS20WAVE-DGGE utilises novel vertical screw clamp technology toassemble two vertical gels. This reduces the number of screws required for setup making casting assembly faster, while a built-in inner buffer chamberwithin the PAGE insert allows set-up to be completed without the inclusion ofheavy top tanks or buffer chambers. A dual purpose PAGE insert eliminatesthe need for plate transfer, and is used with a cam casting base to guaranteeefficient leak free casting.

Precise thermal control

The redesigned VS20DGGE-TC temperature control unit combines bufferrecirculation with a heat sensor and 1.4kW heating element to facilitateprecise temperature control to within ±0.02°C, allowing the gel temperatureto be set to the melting temperature (Tm) of the amplified DNA polymorphismor mutation of interest. Other benefits include: a conspicuous 4-digit 16mmLED panel to aid set-up; precise tuning to within 0.1°C resolution; anoperating set point, plus three adjustable pre-set temperature values; andstirred buffer circulation for temperature stability and uniformity.

Programmable power supply option

At 500V, 800mA and 300W outputs, the optional RR-500V power supplyprovides full flexibility for different mutation detection techniques.

Software options: 3 packages

Pre-electrophoresis: mutations are best

detected when the single-base pair mutation itself

is located within lowest melting domain of the

DNA of interest, and the molecule does not

denature entirely. GC-clamping at one end of the

DNA molecule ensures that the region to be

screened is in the lower melting temperature

domain while the DNA molecule remains partly

double-stranded. Recommended free POLAND

analysis software (G Steger, University of

Dusseldorf) predicts the melting behaviour of the

DNA fragment of interest and resulting primer

placement and GC clamp positioning.

Post electrophoresis: Phoretix 1D is available

for band pattern matching following parallel

DGGE in a single gel; Phoretix 1D Pro allows

comparison between multiple gels and different

experiments.


Max. Number of Gels

Plate Dimensions (W x H)

Active Gel Dimensions (W x H)

Spacer Thicknesses Buffer

Max. Sample Capacity

Standard Combs

Available Combs

Max. Buffer Volume

Unit Dimensions (W x D x H)

Weight

Voltage

Current

Power

500V Total

800mA

300W

Total Volume 100ml

Volume of Reservoir & Mixing Chambers

Internal Diameter of Outlet Port

100ml

50ml

2mm

Temperature Control

Operating Temperature Range

Working Temperature Range (DGGE)

Buffer Recirculation Mechanism

Temperature Uniformity/Stability at 37°C Setting/Display Resolution

Safety

Stored Temperature Values

Heater Power at 230V/110VAC

Electrical Power at 230V/100VAC

PID

Ambient – 100°C

45-70°C

Stirring

±0.05/0.02°C

0.1°C

Fluid-level float switch; isolated; IEC 1010 /CE

4

1.4/1.3kW

1.5/1.4kW

2 per run

20x20cm

16 x 17.5cm

0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2mm

96 samples; 48 per gel

2x 1mm 24-sample

1, 5, 10, 18MC, 24, 36MC, 48; as perVS20WAVE and MAXI units

8.5L

40.5 x 17 x 44cm

8kg

WAVE electrophoresis insert and tank Temperature Control Unit

Recommended Power Supply Gradient Mixer

Temperaturecontrol unit

WAVEelectrophoresisinsert and camcasting base


RRVS20WAVE-DGGE Complete Denaturing Gradient Gel Electrophoresis System, 20x20cm; includes: temperature control unit, cam casting base, glass plates with 1mm bonded spacers, 2x 24-sample combs and gradient mixer – 240 VAC version

VS20WAVE-DGGETC Temperature Control Unit

GM100 Gradient Mixer, 100ml

RRVS20WAVE-DGGEKIT VS20-WAVE Package; includes VS20-DGGE, STIR, PP01, MU-S16, RR-500

STIR Magnetic Stirrer, 19 x 19cm

MU-D01 Single Peristaltic Pump

MU-S16 Silicon tube I.D. 1/8”, 25 ft (for peristaltic pump

RR-500V PowerPaq Power Supply, 500V, 800mA, 300W

Phoretix 1D 1D image analysis with band pattern matching

Phoretix 1D Pro 1D image analysis with band pattern matching between different gels

MU-D01 Peristaltic PumpSTIR

MagneticStirrer

RR-500V power supply

48

Designed primarily for wet electroblotting ofproteins, these Electroblotters offer acombination of increased capacity witheconomy saving features. Both units, Mini 10 x10cm and Maxi 20 x 20cm, have increased capacityover standard systems with up to five gel blotcassettes utilised at any one time. This is especiallyuseful in high throughput laboratories.

A uniform electric field is provided by a highintensity coiled electrode and ensures uniformtransfer across the blot surface. The cassette’s openarchitecture ensures the maximum blot area allowsdirect transfer of current. Its rigid constructionensures contact between the gel and membrane isretained throughout the blot and an even pressureis maintained. These units are compatible withmagnetic stirrers to aid heat dispersal and preventpH drifts in the buffer due to incomplete buffermixing. Each system includes a cooling pack tofurther enhance transfer efficiency by removingexcess heat. This also saves on buffer for addedeconomy.

e-b

lo

double hinged cassettes foradded convenience

UNIT DIMENSIONS MINI 19 X 13 X 19CM (W X D X H) MAXI 24 X 16 X 26CM

MAX. SAMPLE MINI 5 BLOTS, 10 X 10CM CAPACITY MAXI 5 BLOTS, 20 X 20CM 20 BLOTS, 10 X 10CM

BUFFER VOLUME MINI MIN 1000ML; MAX 1500ML MAXI MIN 4300ML; MAX 6000ML


Maxi SDS PAGE, Native PAGE, Gradient, Second dimension andNucleic acid separations


ELECTROBLOTTERS


• IDEAL FOR WET

ELECTROBLOTTING OF PROTEINS -WESTERN BLOTTING

• UP TO FIVE GEL BLOT CASSETTES

UTILISED AT ANY ONE TIME

• HINGED CASSETTES FOR ADDED

CONVENIENCE

• ACCOMMODATES GEL

THICKNESSES FROM 0.25 UP TO

3MM

• LOW COST

• EASY ASSEMBLY

• FOUR SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS

• ALPHA-NUMERIC SAMPLE

IDENTIFICATION

BCEBM10 EBlot Mini ElectroBlotter, 10 x 10cm System for five cassettes, with tank and lid, 5x cassettes, 12x fibre pads and cooling pack

BCEBM20 EBlot Maxi ElectroBlotter, 20 x 20cm System for five cassettes, with tank and lid, 5x cassettes, 12x fibre pads and cooling packSB10C Eblot Mini Cassette SB10F Fibre pads - pk/8

Dot & Slot BlottersBCD48 48-well Dot Blot Manifold, 3 x 16 array BCD96 96-well Dot Blot Manifold, 8 x 12 array BCS24 24-well Slot Blot Manifold, 2 x 12 array BCS48 48-well Slot Blot Manifold, 3 x 16 array

Dot Blot and Slot Blotmicrofiltration manifolds aredesigned for DNA and RNA filterblot hybridisations andimmunological (Ag/Ab) screeningapplications. Machined from highdensity acrylic, their precision lappedmating surfaces and leak proof gasketensures uniform filter contact, sopreventing lateral transfer of samples –smudging – by ensuring that a completevacuum is formed. Assembly of themanifolds is simply by aligning themating surfaces and tightening thestainless steel thumb screws. Apermanent filter template is provided witheach manifold to simplify the cutting offilters to the exact size. A vacuum ofapproximately 600mm Hg (0.8 Bar) isrequired during sample application.

Four configurations are available for 24 &48 for slots and 48 & 96 wells for dots inthe configuration of standard microplates.Each well is alpha-numerically gridreferenced for easy identification.

Model D48 D96 S24 S48

Configuration 3 x 16 8 x 12 2 x 12 3 x 16

Size of well 6mm diameter 6mm diameter 6 x 0.5mm 6 x 0.5mm 12mm deep 12mm deep 12mm deep 12mm deep

Vacuum required ----- 600mg Hg 0.8 BAR with cold trap -----

Unit dimensions 60 x 95 x 100cm 60 x 105 x 140cm 60 x 74 x 83cm 60 x 95 x 100cm

Membranes size required 12.1 x 4.4cm 11 x 7.4cm 12.1 x 4.4cm 12.1 x 4.4cm

SB20C Eblot Maxi CassetteSB20F Fibre pads - pk/8

blo

ttin

gm

an

ifo

ld

sDOT & SLOT

49

UNIT DIMENSIONS MINI 16 X 16 X 7CM (W X L X H) MAXI 26 X 26 X 7CM MAXI PLUS 39 X 51 X 7CM MAXI LONG 26 X 56 X 7CM

MAX. SAMPLE MINI 1 BLOT, 10 X 10CM CAPACITY MAXI 1 BLOT, 20 X 20CM 4 BLOTS, 10 X 10CM MAXI PLUS 1 BLOT, 35 X 45CM MAXI LONG 1 BLOT, 20 X 50CM

BUFFER VOLUME MINI 5ML MAXI 20ML MAXI PLUS 75ML MAXI LONG 50ML



Semi Dry Blotters*RRSD10 Semi Dry Mini, 10 x 10cm System RRSD33* Semi Dry Maxi Plus, 33 x 45cm System

RRSD20 Semi Dry Midi, 20 x 20cm System RRSD50* Semi Dry Maxi Long, 20 x 50cm System

Gradient MixersRRGM15 15ml Gradient Mixer

RRGM25 25ml Gradient Mixer




Multi Vertical Gel CastersRR6CAST 6 gel caster for 8 x 10cm or 10 x 10cm mini gels RR12CAST 12 gel caster for 8 x 10cm or 10 x 10cm mini gels

RR24CAST 24 gel caster for 8 x 10cm or 10 x 10cm mini gels RR206CAST 6 gel caster for 20 x 20cm gels maxi gels

• RAPID TRANSFER TIMES

• WESTERN, SOUTHERN AND

NORTHERN BLOTS

• ECONOMIC TRANSFERS DUE TO VERY

LOW BUFFER VOLUMES

• SCREW DOWN LID - ACCOMMODATES

GELS FROM 0.25 UP TO 10MM

• UNIFORM HEAT DISPERSION

• INTEGRAL LEVELLING FEET AND

LEVEL BUBBLE

• STANDARD AND GRADIENT GELS

CAN BE POURED

• CHOICE OF 6, 12 OR 24 GEL

CASTING MODELS

• FOR PREPARATION

OF CENTRIFUGATION

GRADIENTS

• FIVE SIZES

SEMI-DRY BLOTTERS

GEL CASTING

These Semi Dry Blotters offer rapid transfertimes for DNA, RNA and protein blotting -typically 15 to 30 minutes. All units can be used forall types of blotting: western, southern and northern viauncomplicated buffer and set up procedures and arecompatible with gel thicknesses from 0.25 up to 10mmwithout the need for additional equipment. Each unit iscompatible with their respective RigRunner vertical gelsystem.

Semi Dry Blotting has the added benefit of economictransfers due to very low buffer volumes – typically onlya few millilitres of buffer are required per transfer. TheseSemi-Dry Blotters utilise a screw down lid, which securesthe blot sandwich and allows complete control ofpressure ensuring even transfer. The electrodes,comprising platinum coated anode and stainless steelcathode, will exhibit practically no corrosion and soprovide many years of trouble free use.

Uniform heat dispersion across the blot sandwichensures stable transfer times and no heat inducedsample loss or transfer distortions. Being translucent, itallows viewing of the blot sandwich to ensure correctpositioning and transfer is occurring correctly. Electrodeplates are fully separated to prevent arching or damage.

Note: NewinjectionmouldedRRSD10/RRSD20 style shown; othermodels are ofdifferentconstruction

mu

ltip

le Advance casting of multiple mini and maxi

gels can help to achieve consistent resultsbetween runs. These multiple gel castingsystems are tailored for use with omniPAGEmini and omniPAGE maxi verticalelectrophoresis units; with three models of 6,12 and 24 gel capacities. Fewer gels can bepoured if required using the acrylic saverblocks supplied with each system.

The fixed hinged clamps allows the gelsandwich to be adjusted to the correctpressure irrespective of the number or thethickness of gels being poured. Separationsheets allow the easy separation of the glassplates after pouring.

Ideal for Caesium, Sucrose and Gel gradients the Gradient Mixerseries comprises two chambers - a reservoir and a mixingchamber with an interconnecting valve. A second valveregulates the output flow from the mixing chamber. All mixershave a flat base which allows them to be placed on a magneticstirrer. A magnetic stirring bar can be placed directly in themixing chamber to ensure a constant gradient. The support rodallows the mixer to be fixed to a retort stand for extra stability.

GRADIENT MIXERS

50

• CONVENIENT, PRE-MADE STOCK

SOLUTION OR POWDER – JUST

DILUTE OR DISSOLVE AS NECESSARY

WITH WATER

• SAVE TIME & TROUBLE – NO

WEIGHING, PH ADJUSTMENT OR

NEED TO STOCK INDIVIDUAL

COMPOUNDS

• LONG SHELF-LIFE

• CONSISTENCY ASSURED –RIGOROUS QC FOR REPRODUCIBLE

SEPARATIONS


Powder BuffersTGSDSP Powdered Tris-Glycine-SDS Running buffer - 10 Sachets (10 litres/pk)

TGP Powdered Tris-Glycine Running buffer - 10 Sachets (10 litres/pk)

TTSDSP Powdered Tris-Tricine-SDS Running buffer - 10 Sachets (10 litres/pk)

MSDSP Powdered MOPS-SDS buffer Running buffer - 10 Sachets (10 litres/pk)

MESDSP Powdered MES-SDS buffer Running buffer - 10 Sachets (10 litres/pk)

Liquid BuffersTG10X1L Buffer Tris-Glycine 10 x 1 litre

TG10X5L Buffer Tris-Glycine 10 x 5 litre

TG-SDS10X1L Buffer Tris-Glycine SDS 10 x 1 litre

TG-SDS10X5L Buffer Tris-Glycine SDS 10 x 5 litre

SS Ponceau S staining solution (500ml) PSB Ponceau S staining solution powder staining kit (makes 2000ml)

UPW1000 BP Grade Sterile Water, 1000ml

RFW250 RNase-Free Water, 1x250ml

RFW50X5 RNase-Free Water, 50x5ml

PAGE BUFFERS

Composition

Each litre of 1x working solution contains: Tris-base(25mM); glycine (192mM); SDS, 0.1% (w/v); followedby distilled water. Working solution pH = 8.3.

ApplicationsDenaturing SDS-PAGE formost cellular proteins, 10- 200kDa in size

Powder Buffer Tris-Glycine SDS

Each litre of 1x working solution contains: Tris-base(25mM); glycine (192mM); followed by distilled water.Working solution pH = 8.3.

Native PAGETris-Glycine

Each litre of 1x working solution contains: Tris-base(0.1M); tricine, (0.1M); SDS, 0.1% (w/v); followed bydistilled water. Working solution pH = 8.25.

Denaturing SDS-PAGE, withgreater resolving power forsmall proteins 2-20kDa in size

Tris-Tricine-SDS

Each litre of 1x working solution contains: MOPS(50mM); Tris Base (50mM); SDS, 0.1% (w/v); EDTA (1mM);followed by distilled water. Working solution pH = 7.7.

Denaturing SDS-PAGE formedium- to large-sizedproteins

MOPS-SDS

Each litre of 1x working solution contains: MES(50mM final stock concentration); Tris Base (50mM);SDS, 0.1% (w/v); EDTA (1mM); followed by distilledwater. Working solution pH = 7.3.

Denaturing SDS-PAGE forsmall- to medium-sizedproteins; faster than MOPS

MES-SDS


PONCEAU S

Ponceau S staining solution is reusable andavailable in a convenient 500ml volume formembrane staining and early protein detectionfollowing transfer before western blotting.Ponceau S may also be supplied a powderstaining kit for long-term storage.

Five buffers are available in powder sachets fora range of native and denaturing protein gelelectrophoresis techniques. Each powdersachet, which is supplied as a 10-pack, may bereconstituted to make 1 litre of workingsolution. Running buffers are also available in1 litre and 5 litre volumes as ready made 10xTris-Glycine and 10x Tris-Glycine-SDS solutions.

ULTRA PURE WATER

Purified water (18 mega Ohms) for use with sensitive exper-imental procedures often needs verifying as pyrogen free, this isdone using the LAL test or Limulus (Horseshoe crab) amoebocytelysate assay. The LAL test is extremely sensitive to endotoxinswhich are the result of bacterial lysis.

BP Grade Sterile Water has endotoxins removed by electrostaticfiltration at the final purification stage prior to autoclaving. The LALtested water conforms to the standard having less than<0.25EU/ml to ensure the water is of pre-requisite quality. Thisproduct is therefore pyrogen free. CFU>0 WFi compatible.

LAL (Limulus Amoebocyte Lysate Assay)

bp

gR

ad

e

RNASE-FREE WATER

DEPC-treated to eliminate enzyme activity and then autoclaved, this sterilehighly purified water product is perfect for use in PCR and Northern blottingtechniques. RNase-Free water is available either as a single 250ml bottle orin fifty 5ml aliquots to prevent cross-contamination.

P-32

10

P-32

12 /

P-3

214

P-31

07

P-30

80

P-30

82

MicrocapillaryGel Loading Tips

- see page 15

51

PROTEIN MARKERS

MEMBRANE ROLLS

Supplied in 0.24x3m and 0.3x3m (w x l)sizes, allowing them to be cut to matchspecific gel formats, these mem- branerolls are suitable for transfer of proteinsand nucleic acids from polyacrylamideand agarose gels. Offered in 0.2 and0.45μm pore sizes..

ABSORBENT FILTER PAPER

This blot-absorbent filter paper issupplied in packs of 50 and in sizes of10x10cm and 20x20cm. Its 1mm thicktexture and high buffer retentionproperties, being able to absorb twiceits own weight in buffer, allow it to exertthe gel-membrane compression neededfor efficient transfers.

MEMBRANE ROLLS

Used in Western Blotting of Proteins and foruse in Hybridisation Tehcniques. PDVF withnitrocellulose and nylon membranes areavailable for different application needs.

A protein’s properties (i.e., charge,hydrophobicity, etc.) affects its ability to bindto membrane surfaces. Finding the optimalmembrane may require experimenting withyour specific protein on different materials. Wesupply PVDF membrane in sheet form and as a3M role which can be cut to size to fit yourparticular need.p

Vd

f s

heets

&

blo

ttin

g

blo

t-

Stable for up to 2 years if stored at -20°C andsupplied pre-stained in gel loading buffer for directloading, Cleaver Scientific PINK Plus and BLUE WideRange recombinant protein markers are perfect forSDS-PAGE applications. Sizes range from 10-175kDafor PINK Plus and 10-245kDa for BLUE Wide Range,making both markers suitable for accurate molecularweight determination of most cellular proteins.

Each marker is covalently bound to a pink or bluecolour chromaphore to produce a ladder of evenlyinterspersed bands of uniform intensity. Colouredreference bands serve as visual indicators ofelectrophoresis run progression and the efficiency ofwestern transfer onto membranes following SDS-PAGE. Both PINK Plus and BLUE Wide Range markerscan be detected at volumes as low as 2.5µl per well.

Code PPL BBL

Size Range 10-175kDa 10-245kDa

Number of Bands 11 12

Reference Bands 10, 40 and 90kDa blue 25 & 75kDa; green & red

Contents Max. 2.2mg total protein in Max. 2.4mg total protein in 15% (v/v) glycerol, 2% SDS, 15% (v/v) glycerol, 2% SDS, 20mM Tris pH 7.5, 20mM Tris pH 7.5, 1mM 2-ME and 3.6M Urea 1mM 2-ME and 3.6M Urea

Volume Supplied 500µl 500µl

Storage 3 months at 4°C & 24 months at -20°C

Loading Volume 2.5-5µl/well

Number of Applications 100-200

Source Recombinant proteins, various sources



PPL Pink Plus Prestained Protein Ladder, 10-175kDa, with 10, 40 &

90kDa reference bands, 1x 500µl vial.

BBL Blue Wide Range Prestained Protein Ladder, 10-245kDa, with 25 &

75kDa reference bands, 1x 500µl vial.

RNC45 Nitrocellulose roll, 0.3x3m (w x l)

RNC2 Nitrocellulose roll, 0.3x3m (w x l)

RNY45 Positively charged supported nylon, 0.24x3m (w x l)

RNY2 Positively charged supported nylon, 0.24x3m (w x l)

BP1010 Blot-Absorbent Filter paper, 10x10cm, pack of 50 BP2020 Blot-Absorbent Filter paper, 20x20cm, pack of 50PVDF0.22S 10 Pre-cut PVDF 28 x28 cm 0.22µm

PVDF0.45S 10 Pre-cut PVDF 28 x28 cm 0.45µm

PVDF0.45R Roll PVDF 28 cm x 3 m, 0.45µm

PVDF0.22R Roll PVDF 28 cm x 3 m, 0.22µm

• STANDARD (10-175KDA) AND

WIDE (10-245KDA) MOLECULAR

WEIGHT RANGES AVAILABLE

• COLOURED REFERENCE BANDS FOR

EASY IDENTIFICATION IN GELS AND

BLOTS

• STABLE FOR 2 YEARS AT -20°C

BBL Blue Wide Range

PPL Pink Plus

52

All Consort Maxi Series (EV200) Power Suppliesexcept EV222 and EV245, have four output terminalsto allow four simultaneous runs. Model EV222/EV245Mini power supplies have smaller footprints and three outputterminals. While the powerful microprocessor allows complexprogramming, the Manual mode permits the setting ofvoltage, current, power and time for a routine electrophoresisrun. Parameters can be changed temporarily withoutinterrupting the run.

Programming - up to 9 different programs, each with 9steps, can be stored in the non-volatile memory for future recall.

Timer - can be set to automatically terminate the runand sound an alarm when the allocated time or volt hourshas elapsed.

Automatic cross-over - each model has constantvoltage, constant current and constant power capabilitieswith automatic cross-over while showing which parameter iskept constant.

Automatic recovery after mains failure - afterrestoration of power, the instrument will automaticallycontinue the run for the remaining time.

Data Transfer - optional data acquisition/control softwarefor PC is available to visualise and examine the stored rundetails, store and program the methods, add notes to the run,identify the unit, copy or delete programs in the unit's memory.

Safety precautions - the AC line is automaticallydisconnected from the high voltage transformer when aground leakage path is detected protecting the user frompotential shock. Other safety features include protectionagainst any overload including accidental short circuit of theoutput and voltage increases smoothly.

These Consort Mini power supplies cover the idealvoltage range generally used with smallelectrophoresis units. Small enough to occupy verylittle bench space, both are portable and have avariety of additional features:-

Manual Set-up - voltage, current and powersettings can be adjusted during the run.

Voltage ramp - this allows a linear voltagegradient for any step to be programmed.

Automatic recovery after power failure.

3 output terminals

EV245 features 9 different programs, eachwith 9 steps; data-logging and data transfer to a PC,and PC remote control

✔ Recommended l Can be used but not ideally matched

EV231 Consort Power Supply 300 V 1000 mA 150 watts







EV245 Consort Power Supply 400 V 500mA 50 watts


CO

NSO

RT

min

is

eR

ies

CO

NSO

RT

ma

xis

eR

ies

EV200 Maxi series

EV245Mini

series

PRODUCTS SELECTOR, SEE PAGE 54 FOR RECOMMENDED RUN CONDITIONS

NANO300 NANO500 RR-300 EV245 EV231 EV265 RR-500 RR-3AP EV202 EV261 EV215 EV233 EV262300V 500V 300V 400V 300V 600V 500V 300V 300V 600V 1200V 3000V 6000V

400mA 400mA 700mA 300mA 1000mA 500mA 400mA 3000mA 2000mA 1000mA 500mA 150mA 150mA 60W 150W 120W 50W 150W 150W 200W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W

multiSUB Horizontal, all models ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ • • • • • • •COMET Assay ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ • • • • • • •Cellulose Acetate System ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔omniPAGE Mini, Mini Wide ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ • ✔ ✔ • • • •omniPAGE WAVE Maxi ✔ • • ✔ ✔Tube Gel IEF, Mini, Mini Wide & Maxi • ✔Flatbed IEF • ✔ •Second Stage 2-D ✔ ✔ •Electroblotting, Mini, Mini Wide ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔Electroblotting, Maxi ✔ ✔ •Semi-Dry Blotting, Mini ✔ • ✔ ✔Semi-Dry Blotting, Maxi ✔ ✔ •Large Format, 20 and 33cm wide ✔


• CONSTANT VOLTAGE, CURRENT

OR POWER

• AUTOMATIC CROSSOVER

• OVERLOAD PROTECTION

• SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION

TIMER 0 - 99.59 MINS

PROGRAMS 9 OF 9 SETS EACH

OUTPUTS 4 IN PARALLEL, 4MM SOCKETS

RESOLUTION 1V, 1MA, 1W

DIMENSIONS 31 X 26 X 15CM (W X L X H)

WEIGHT 10KG


TIMER 0 - 99.59 MINS

PROGRAMS 9 OF 9 SETS EACH

OUTPUTS 3 IN PARALLEL, 4MM SOCKETS

RESOLUTION 1V, 1MA, 1W

DIMENSIONS 14 X 20 X 13CM (W X L X H)

WEIGHT 3KG


CONSORT

MA

XI

MIN

I

5353

NANO300V POWERpaq NANO 300 300V 400mA 60WNANO500V POWERpaq NANO 300 300V 400mA 120WRR-300 POWERpaq MIDI 300 300V 700mA 150WRR-500P POWERpaq MAXI 500 500V 800mA 300WRR-3AP POWERpaq MAXI 300 300V 3000mA 300W

CAB Replacement cables, pk/2CAB2 Replacement unit cables, pk/2C4-4 Power supply adapters, 4mm to 4mmC4-2 Power supply adapters, 4mm to 2mmC2-4 Power supply adapters, 2mm to 4mm


POWERpaq MAXI Programmable Power Supplies arehigh performance, easy to operate instruments,which can handle virtually any application from mediumvoltage electrophoresis to high current blotting. Offering

both graphic and text displays, POWERpaq MAXIs arecompletely programmable with self prompting menus andmultiple operation modes.

Versatile: two models are available offering maximum output capability to 500V, 800mA to 3A and 300 watts. These units are suitable for running multiple SDS gels, blotting and large submarine gels.

Fully Programmable: system parameter entry is via themembrane keypad. They can be programmed to recall and runconstant or multi-step electrophoresis in a variety ofoperational modes :

1. Constant operation with timer - program constantvoltage, current or wattage with timer to eliminate thepossibility of over running samples in gels.

2. Memory mode - Store 16 files to recall and re-run favourite multi step programmes

Display: POWERpaq MAXI power supplies have large 2.6”LCD displays to show run/set parameters which will be showncontinuously to allow comparison of set to actual runconditions. This can be viewed by touching ‘select display’ key.

Safety: POWERpaq MAXI models meet all relevant safetystandards to protect both the operator and the instrument. Thealarm will sound in event of ground leakage, no load oroverload.

ma

xi

NANO300V

Midi RR-300

Maxi RR- 3AP

• PROGRAMME CONSTANT VOLTAGE AND CURRENT

• ALARM FOR END OF RUN

• CONSTANT VOLTAGE OR CURRENT

Recommended

CAT. NO. RR-500P RR-3AP

MAX. VOLTAGE 500V 300VMAX. CURRENT 800MA 3AMAX. WATT 300W 300W

OUTPUT TYPE CONSTANT VOLTAGES; CONSTANT CURRENT; OR CONSTANT WATT

PROGRAM STORAGE ---- 30 PROGRAMMED FILES ----

PROGRAM MULTI-STEP ---- UP TO 6 STEPS ----

TIMER ---- 1-999 MINS ----

DISPLAY -- 2.6” LCD DISPLAY SCREEN --

SAFETY ---- NO LOAD; LEAKAGE AND ---- OVERLOAD DETECTION

DIMENSIONS 18 (W) X 28 (L) X 9.5 (H) CM

OPERATION VOLTAGES 110 / 220V

CAT. NO. RR-300

MAX. VOLTAGE 300VMAX. CURRENT 700MAMAX. WATT 150W

OUTPUT TYPE CONSTANT VOLTAGE OR CURRENT

SAFETY ---- NO LOAD; LEAKAGE AND ---- OVERLOAD DETECTION

TIMER ---- 1-999 MINS ----

DIMENSION 19 (W) X 29 (L) X 9.5 (H) CM

OPERATION VOLTAGES 110 / 220V

CAT. NO. NANO300V NANO500

MAX. VOLTAGE 300V 300VMAX. CURRENT 400MA 400MAMAX. WATT 60W 120W

OUTPUT TYPE CONSTANT VOLTAGE OR

CONSTANT CURRENT

SAFETY ---- NO LOAD DETECTION ----

DIMENSION 14 (W) X 19 (L) X 8.4 (H) CM

OPERATION VOLTAGE 110 / 220V




• HIGH PERFORMANCE, EASY TOOPERATE

• LARGE LCD DISPLAY OF RUNPARAMETERS

• COMPLETELY PROGRAMMABLE

• CONSTANT VOLTAGE, CURRENTOR POWER

• MEMORY MODE - STORES 30FILES TO RECALL AND RE-RUN

• COMPLIES WITH ALL RELEVANTSAFETY STANDARDS

POWERPAQ

This inexpensive, compact POWERpaq MIDI powersupply is ideal for routine horizontal and mini verticalelectrophoresis. Microprocessor control allows the unit to beset-up to run in constant voltage and constant current modes. Fourgel chambers can be connected at any one time. A timer with alarmand pause functions can be set to end of run. Safety featuresinclude shrouded plugs and sockets, no load detection and groundleakage detection.

mid

i

POWERPAQ

POWERpaq NANO power supplies have been developedspecifically for horizontal gel electrophoresis systems.These ultra compact power units with dual outlets, arerecognised as being amongst the most compact and inexpensivepower supplies currently available. They are designed andconstructed to the most rigorous safety standards.

BC4-4 – extends the length of standard electrodecables to fit within deeply recessed power outputs

BC4-2 – allows systems to be run from high voltageunits with 2mm outputs

BC2-4 – connects standard cables supplied with 2mmconnectors to low-to-medium voltage power supplies

min

i

POWERPAQ

• COMPACT

• SAFETY DESIGN : SHROUDED PLUG AND SOCKET; NO LOAD DETECTION

• CONSTANT VOLTAGE OR CONSTANT CURRENT

• LOW COST AND ECONOMICAL

*Sizes shown are those most commonly used in the corresponding apparatus. See product manuals for running conditions for additional sizes.†(Constant) the parameter set as a constant value on the power supply. Typical conditions are to serve as guidelines only, and will vary according tothe buffer and overall quality of the sample and reagents. a Uses 2xTAE.

POWER SUPPLY

Gel or Typical Running Conditions†

Technique & Tube Size*, At start End Run Time Power SupplyApparatus Format Quantity (W x L x Thickness) Power (W) Voltage (V) Current (mA) Power (W) Voltage (V) Current (mA)

DNA Restriction Analysis (Horizontal)

H-MINIDUO 100 x 5mm, max. - 80 (constant) 40 - 80 (constant) 45-60 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-MIDIDUO 100 x 100 x 5mm, max. - 90 (constant) 50 - 95 (constant) 45-60 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-MICRA 100 x 80 x 5mm - 50 (constant) 25 - 50 (constant) 30-60 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-SELECTTRIO 150 x 150 x 5mm, max. - 90-150 50-80 - 90-150 60-90 min NANO300, NANO500 (constant) (constant) or RR-300V H-MAXIDUO 200 x 200 x 5mm, max. - 100-150 50-80 - 100-150 60-90 min NANO300, NANO500 (constant) (constant) or RR-300V

IEF, first-dimension 2-D

Flat-bed e.g. 3 x 240 x 1mm, max. - 300 (constant) 3 - 300 (constant) <1 16 h Max EV233 RRIEF 12 strips Maxi Tube Gel – e.g. 180 x 1/1.5mm tubes, - 800 (constant) 4 - 800 (constant) <1 8 h Max EV215VS20DC, WAVEC2DS 10 max. Mini-Wide TubeGel – e.g. 80 x 1/1.5mm tubes - 700-800 1 - 700-800 <1 4h Max EV215 VS10WDC, VS10WC2DS (constant) (constant) Mini Tube Gel – e.g. 80 x 1/1.5mm tubes - 700-800 1 - 700-800 <1 4 h Max EV215 VS10DC, VS10C2DS (constant) (constant)

SDS-PAGE, second-dimension 2-D

VS30DSYS 280 x 200 x 1mm, - 100 35 (constant) - 350 35 (constant) 51⁄2-6 h max RR-500 2 gels

WAVE Maxi 160 x 175 x 1mm, - 100 35 (constant) - 350 35 (constant) 5 h max RR-500 or NANO500 2-4 gels

VS10WDSYS 160 x 85 x 1mm, - 200 (constant) 200 - 200 (constant) 80 60-80 min RR-300, NANO300 2 gels or NANO500

VS10DSYS, 80 x 85 x 1mm, - 200 (constant) 120 - 240 - 200 (constant) 120 40-60 min RR-300, NANO300VS10TETRAD, 2-4 gels or NANO500VS10TETPRO

Please use the selection menu below to choose the power supply mostsuitable for your electrophoresis application. The typical runningconditions shown serve as guidelines only.

55

SELECTION GUIDE

Gel or Typical Running Conditions†

Technique & Tube Size*, At start End Run Time Power SupplyApparatus Format Quantity (W x L x Thickness) Power (W) Voltage (V) Current (mA) Power (W) Voltage (V) Current (mA)

High Throughput DNA Electrophoresis (Horizontal) H-MIDI96 100 x 120 x 5mm - 70 (constant) 40 - 80 (constant) 45 30-45 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-MIDI96ST 101 x 240 x 5mm - 90 (constant) 50 - 95 (constant) 55 60-90 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-STACK4 81 x 240 x 5mm, max. 90 (constant) 50-80 - 95 (constant) 55 60-90 min NANO300, NANO500 or RR-300V H-SELECTEST 150 x 250 x 5mm, max. - 90-150 50-82 - 90-150 55-90 60-90 min NANO300, -NANO500 (constant) (constant) or RR-300V H-SCREENTRIO 260 x 320 x 5mm, max. - 100-150 50-84 - 100-150 55-90 90-120 min NANO300, NANO500 (constant) (constant) or RR-300V

Comet Assay, SCGE (Horizontal) COM10 25 x 75mm, 10, 20, - 25V (constant) 300 max. - 25V (constant) 300 max. 1 h NANO300, NANO500 COM20 40 & 50 slides respectively or RR-300V

COM40 - 21V (constant) 450 max - 21V (constant) 20 min RR-300VCOMPAC-50

Clinical Electrophoresis (Horizontal) CELLAS 25 x 140mm–170 x 170mm, - 200V (constant) 7.5 - 200V (constant) 7.5 max. 30-90 min NANO300, NANO500 Cellasgel strips max. 250M or RR-300V thickness; or CellasMEM membranes (all types)

DNA Sequencing, SSCP Analysis & Microsatellite Mapping (Large Format Vertical CSQ20 160 x 500 x 0.35mm 45-55 1500 max. 20-30 45-55 1500 20-30 4-5 h EV233 (constant) (constant)

CSQ33 290 x 410 x 0.35mm 45-55 1500 max. 20-30 45-55 1500 20-30 4-5 h EV233 (constant) (constant)

Mutation Detection VS20-DGGE 160 x 175 x 1mm, - 120-150 - - 120-150 - 2-21⁄2 h RR-500 2 gels (constant)

Western Blotting

omniBLOT Mini 80 x 85 x 1mm, - 100 (constant) 250 - 100 (constant) 400 1-2 h RR-300V or– e.g. SB10 4 gels RR-3AMP Modular System 80 x 85 x 1mm, - 100 (constant) 250/550 Wire/ - 100 (constant) 400/1500 Wire/ 2 h / 1⁄2-1 h RR-300V or– e.g. VS10CBS 4 gels Plate Electrodes Plate Electrodes RR-3AMP

Standalone 80 x 85 x 1mm, - 100 (constant) 250 - 100 (constant) 400 1-2 h RR-300V or– e.g. EBM10 4 gels RR-3AMP

omniBLOT Mini Wide 160 x 85 x 1mm, - 100 (constant) 250 - 100 (constant) 250 1-2 h RR-300V or – e.g. SB10W 3 gels RR-3AMP Modular System 160 x 85 x 1mm, - 100 (constant) 250 - 100 (constant) 250 1-2 h RR-300V, RR-500 - e.g. VS10WCBS 3 gels or RR-3AMP

WAVE Maxi 160 x 175 x 1mm, - 50/100 Wire/ 150-250/ - 50/100 Wire/ 5-20 h / RR-300V, RR-500V – e.g. VS20CBS 4 gels Plate Electrodes 1000-1600 Plate Electrodes 1-5 h or RR-3AMP (constant) (constant) omniBLOT Maxi 160 x 175 x 1mm, - 50 (constant) 250 - 50 (constant) 250 5-20 h max. RR-300V, RR-500V – e.g. SB20 3 gels or RR-3AMP

Semi-Dry Blotting (Protein / Nucleic Acids) SD10 Mini 100 x 100 x 2/5mm, - 75 (constant) 550 - 75 (constant) 550 15-30 min RR-3AMP 1 gel

SD20 Maxi 200 x 200 x 2/5mm, 1 gel; - 75 (constant) 1200 - 75 (constant) 1200 15-30 min RR-3AMP 4x Mini Gels

SD33 Maxi-Plus 330 x 450 x 2/5mm, 1gel; - 75 (constant) 2000 - 75 (constant) 2000 15-30 min RR-3AMP 14x Mini Gels; 3x Maxi Gels

SD50 Maxi-Long 200 x 500 x 2/5mm, 1 gel; - 75 (constant) 2000 - 75 (constant) 2000 15-30 min RR-3AMP 10x Mini Gels; 2x Maxi Gels

56


Small

Large

FILTER SIZE: 21 X 21CM; 21 X 26CM

LIGHT SOURCE: 8W X 6 TUBES

UNIT DIMENSIONS (WXLXH): 34 X 29.5 X 10CM

FILTER SIZE: 26 X 21 CM



These UV Transilluminators are multitaskingworkstations offering an ultra-violet source for theanalysis of fluorescently stained DNA, RNA, and Proteinelectrophoresis gels. These also offer space to place tuberacks, cutting tools or waste agarose gel, ideal when thereis a need to cut gel bands.

Each single wavelength model includes a High Lowintensity switch. A new and high quality starter ensuresthat the UV tubes energise immediately and withoutflickering. This feature extends the life of the tubes. TwoDual wavelength models offer added flexibility andconvenience.

The white light box allows imaging of non-fluorescentstained media, to allow a wider range of applications.Viewing Area: 210 x 297mm

UV TRANSILLUMINATORS

SAFEVIEW

• THREE WAVELENGTH OPTIONS:254 / 312 / 365 NM

• TWO DUAL WAVELENGTH

MODELS

• LONG LIFE FILTER

• TWO SIZE OPTIONS

• HIGH EFFICIENCY REFLECTOR

• HI / LO INTENSITY SWITCH

• FAST START UP


FILTER SIZE 21 X 21CM

LIGHT SOURCE 470NM BLUE LED’S

SIZE 340 X 270 X 130MM

WEIGHT 5KG

VOLTAGE 110 - 240V (SELECTABLE)

• NO DNA DAMAGE TO

SAMPLES

• SAFER FOR USER - NO UVLIGHT

• HIGH PURITY LED LIGHT

• STRONG METAL ENCLOSURE

WITH STAINLESS STEEL FILTER

FRAME

• FAST START UP

showing white light

converter plate


UVTS254 UV Transilluminator small, 21 x 21 cm, 254 nm



UVTSDUO UV Transilluminator small, 21 x 21 cm, 254/365 nm

UVTSDUO312 UV Transilluminator small, 21 x 21 cm, 254/312 nm

UVTSDUO365 UV Transilluminator small, 21 x 21 cm, 254/365 nm

UVTS254L UV Transilluminator large, 26 x 21 cm, 254 nm



UVTLDUO UV Transilluminator large, 26 x 21 cm, 254/365 nm

UVTLDUO312 UV Transilluminator large, 26 x 21 cm, 254/312 nm

UVSCRN UV to white light Transilluminator screen converter

MDOCWLB White light box

Txxx 8W UV bulb (xxx = 254 nm, 312 nm or 365 nm)

LEDTS safeVIEW BLUE Light Transilluminator, 21 x 21cm

UVPS22 UV Transparent Cutting Platform 22 x 22 cm

UVPS27 UV Transparent Cutting Platform 22 x 27 cm

The new safeVIEW LED transilluminator offers a safeway to view and document samples. This light sourcealso has the added advantage that it does not causedamage to DNA or RNA that would normally beassociated with uv light.

Each safeVIEW Light Transilluminator is supplied as astandalone unit and can be used with the microDOC, aspart of a fully integrated gel documentation system. Witha large surface area, each transilluminator serves as theperfect workstation for viewing and working withfluorescently-stained protein and nucleic acid gels.

57

DUOVIEW254 UV254 & BLUE Light Transilluminator 21 x 21cm (110V-240V)DUOVIEW312 UV312 & BLUE Light Transilluminator 21 x 21cm (110V-240V)DUOVIEW365 UV365 & BLUE Light Transilluminator 21 x 21cm (110V-240V)DUOVIEW254/312 UV254/312 & BLUE Light Transilluminator 21 x 21cm (110V-240V)DUOVIEW254/365 UV254/365 & BLUE Light Transilluminator 21 x 21cm (110V-240V)

AccessoriesUVPS22 UV Transparent Cutting Platform 22 x 22cmUVPS27 UV Transparent Cutting Platform 22 x 27cm

MSCAN microSCAN complete documentation system for 1-D and 2-D colorimetric gels – 240VAC* *Each system includes Epson scanner with transparency unit; power supply and USB cable; control software and greyscale wedge for system calibration


microSCAN is a low-cost documentation system for scanningcolorimetric 1-D and 2-D gels, as well as blots and TLC plates.Its control software allows rapid generation of high qualityimages that may then be imported into recommended TotalLabQuant and Phoretix 1D software (page 42) for analysis. Usersmay choose between transmittance and reflectance modes incolour and greyscale, and can select their required resolution.microSCAN can generate high resolution images at 2400 dpi, whileits variable colour scanning functionality is sensitive enough todetect the faintest protein spots in gels stained with Coomassie Blue,silver and other colorimetric stains. As a sealed unit with a maximum20.9 x 28.5cm scanning area, microSCAN is also suitable for wetprotein gels, particularly those run in the RigRunner V-Mini, V-Midi,and V-WAVE Maxi vertical systems (pages 32-41).

DUOVIEWThe new duoVIEW transilluminatoroffers the user the added advantage ofbeing able to view their gels witheither standard UV light or using thesafer blue light technology. This meansonly one transilluminator is needed forethidum bromide and safe dye stainedgels. They can either be used as astandalone unit or with themicroDOC™, as part of

a fully integrated gel documentationsystem. With a large surface area, eachduoVIEW serves as the perfectworkstation for viewing andworking with Nucleic acidand fluorescently stainedprotein gels.

mic

Ros

ca

n

2D AND 1D GEL SCANNER • FOR DETECTION OF COLORIMETRIC

PROTEIN GELS, BLOTS AND TLCPLATES

• SEALED UNIT SUITABLE FOR WET

GELS

• USER HAS FULL CONTROL OVER

RESOLUTION, COMPRESSION AND

SCAN SPEED

• TRANSMITTANCE AND

REFLECTANCE MODES FOR

DIFFERENT IMAGING APPLICATIONS

• IDEAL FOR POST-ELECTROPHORESIS

SCANNING OF OMNIPAGE MINI,MIDI AND WAVE MAXI GELS


• UV & BLUE LIGHT TECHNOLOGY IN

ONE TRANSILLUMINATOR

• SINGLE OR DUAL WAVELENGTH

MODELS AVAILABLE

• INDUSTRY LEADING LONG LIFE UVFILTER

• FAST START UP

FILTER SIZE 21 X 21CM

LIGHT SOURCE 470NM BLUE LED’S OR UV SINGLE WAVE (8W X 5 TUBES) OR UV DUAL WAVE (8W X 9 TUBES)

INTENSITY SWITCH HIGH (100%)/ LOW (70%) SINGLE

SIZE 400 X 190 X 350MM

WEIGHT 10.5KG

VOLTAGE 110- 240V (SELECTABLE)

Technical Specification

System High Quality 1-D and 2-D A4 Spectral Range 430-745nm scanner with transmittance and reflectance modesMax. Gel Imaging Size 20.9 x 28.5cm (reflectance) Interface USB 2.0, Firewire 19.7 x 23.7cm (transmittance)Optical Resolution 2400dpi Dimensions (w x d x h) 30.8 x 53 x 15.3cmResolution 16-bit greyscale; 48-bit colour Weight 6.6KgScan Optical Density Range 3.8 OD Power 110-240 VAC.

The VacuuBrand® MZ 2C + 2 AK is a quiet, low maintenance oil freevacuum pump, which generates the lowest pressure measurablereproducibly at room temperature for almost 100% efficient solventrecovery. Two round bottomed flasks collect and condense noxiousgases released during gel drying, whereas inlet and outlet separatorsact in tandem with the diaphragm pump to facilitate controlledcollection of vapours without risk of condensate entering andcontaminating the pump. The two stage pump also benefits from acompact design and construction from specially-selected chemicallyresistant materials, long-life easy-to-change diaphragms and valves,and gas ballast function.

The UVIlink UV crosslinker is especially designed forbinding nucleic acids to membranes. A membranekeypad facilitates manual or preset control of the desiredUV dosage and exposure time, while a highly accuratemicroprocessor-controlled photo-feedback systemmaintains uniform output from each of the crosslinker’sfive 8-Watt UV bulbs. Other features comprise safetyinterlock switches to prevent accidental UV leakageduring operation, a clearly visible LED, plus a largeinterior chamber and small footprint area. The crosslinkermay be used in a variety of applications, such as colony orplaque lifts, UV sterilisation and gene mapping or DNAdamage studies.

58 For 110 V AC, please add ‘-$’ as a suffix to the appropriate product code

With a drying area of 21 x 31cm,Midi Gel Dryer can dry six 10 x 10cmgels or a single larger gel. Maxi GelDryer with a 35 x 45cm drying areacan dry twelve 10 x 10cm mini gelssimultaneously. Both unit’smicroprocessor controls temperature andtime, each parameter being displayed onits own LED display. The gels are heatedfrom the base plate while the vacuumremoves the moisture from below to drythe gel homogeneously. These dryersfeature optimal sealing using a siliconerubber cover and supporting mask. Whenapplying the vacuum, a groove thatframes the drying surface provides anoptimal tight seal during the drying.


GEL DRYING

VACUUM PUMPS

UV CROSSLINKER

Va

cu

um

&h

eated

Dryers

VacuuBrand

Dryers

VacuuBrand

TEMPERATURE INCREMENT 0.1°CTEMPERATURE CALIBRATION YES

TEMP UNIFORMITY ± 0.2°CTIMER 1-999 MINS

DRYING AREA MIDI 21 X 31CM MAXI 35 X 45CM

OPERATING TEMP. RANGE AMBIENT TO 90°CDIMENSION WXLXH MIDI 30 X 36 X 8CM MAXI 44 X 50 X 8CM

PUMP FLOW RATE 35L/MIN

PUMPING SPEED 1.9M3/H / 2.1 M3/H /.2CFM

ULTIMATE VACUUM (TOTAL) 9 MBAR / 6.8 TORR

DIMENSIONS WXLXH 24 X 35 X 33CM


UV SOURCE 5 X 8W UV BULBS, 254, 302 OR 365NM

EXPOSURE TIME 0 – 999.9 MINUTES

ENERGY RANGES 0 – 99T.99 J OR 0 – 9.999 J

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS 26 X 33 X 14.5CM (WXDXH)

FOOTPRINT 35 X 36CM

• DRY UP TO TWELVE 10 X10CM GELS AT A TIME [MAXI]

• MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLS

TEMPERATURE AND TIMER

• OPTIMAL TIGHT SEAL DURING

THE DRYING PROCESS

• VACUUBRAND - OIL-FREE

VACUUM DOWN TO ~ 9MBAR

ULTIMATE VACUUM

• VACUUBRAND - OUTSTANDING

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE AND

SUPERIOR VAPOUR TOLERANCE

• PROGRAMMABLE MICROPROCESSOR

CONTROL

• AUTOMATIC MONITORING OF UVENERGY

• CONSPICUOUS FRONT PANEL LED,WITH NON-UV TRANSMISSIBLE

FRONT DOOR CONNECTED TO

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES

GDVH Midi Gel Dryer, 21 x 31 cm

GDVH-35 Maxi Gel Dryer, 35 x 45 cm

MZ2C VacuuBrand Vacuum Pump, MZ 2C + 2 AK

CL-508.G Shortwave crosslinker, 254nm

CL-508.M Midrange crosslinker, 302nm

CL-508.BL Longwave crosslinker, 365nm


Maxi Gel Dryer

59

MU-D01 Single Peristaltic PumpMU-D02 Single Peristaltic PumpMFU-01 Dual Peristaltic PumpMFU-02 Tetrad Peristaltic PumpMU-S14 Silicon tube I.D. 1/16”, 25 ft

MU-S16 Silicon tube I.D. 1/8”, 25 ftMU-S18 Silicon tube I.D. 3/8”, 25 ftMU-S25 Silicon tube I.D. 3/16”, 25 ftMU-S13 Silicon tube I.D. 1/32”, 25 ftMU-S17 Silicon tube I.D. 1/4”, 25 ft

CHLR Chiller system, -20 to 100°C, including insulated tubing & clips, 220V


Available in single, dual and tetrad formats these versatile peristaltic pumpsare an ideal accessory for gradient gel formation with the VS20-DGGE. The‘easy load’ head of the MU-D01 single peristaltic pump accommodatesmultiple tubes of different diameters offering the user enhanced flexibilityin flow rate selection, while the MU-D02 single pump has the addedbenefit of a more powerful pump motor. The MFU-01 and MFU-02 dualand tetrad pumps are equipped with microprocessor technology for moreaccurate rpm control, and comprise 2 and 4 peristaltic pumps respectivelythat may be controlled individually. All 4 pumps are reversible and have asmall footprint, occupying minimum space within the laboratory. Otherapplications include: filtration, sampling, chemical spraying, dispensing,transferring, feeding and filling.

CHILLERThis bench-top chiller is available ready assembled with thethermostat mounted on the refrigerator and supplied withinsulated tubing and clips to form a system ready to use.

The system comprises the following:

• 5 litre tank with drain tap

• relay control for refrigeration on/off

• cooling power 140W @ 0°C

• temperature range -20 to 100°C

The immersion thermostat incorporates Intelligent ControlOptimisation for adaptive intelligent PID temperature control andincludes a powerful integral pump, making the system suitableboth for immersing samples and circulating temperaturecontrolled fluid to external devices. It includes a convenient timerfunction for reaction timing and a variable high temperaturealarm setting. The temperature range and heater power areautomatically limited according to the liquid type selected. Asimple-to-use rotor dial plus two keys provide access to theinteractive interface for fast, accurate set-up.

The unit is supported by a 3 year warranty to reflect the reliability.

PERISTALTIC PUMPS

• AVAILABLE IN SINGLE, DUAL

AND TETRAD

• ALL PUMPS ARE REVERSIBLE


• CLEAR 4-DIGIT DISPLAY - EASY

TO READ FROM A DISTANCE

• VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARM

• POWERFUL INTEGRAL PUMP

• COOLING/HEATING RANGE: -25 TO 100°C

• USER CALIBRATION FACILITY

Small

Large

FILTER SIZE: 21 X 21CM; 21 X 26CM



FILTER SIZE: 26 X 21 CM




PP01 PP11 PP02 PP12

NO. OF HEADS 1 1 2 4

MAX. RPM: 300 600 100 100

FLOW RATE, : 1.2-1140 0.3-2280 0.6-380 0.6-380 ML/MIN

DIMENSIONS: 20X34X13 26.5X34X18 (HXLXW) 20X34X13 26.5X34X18

WEIGHT, KG: 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7

MU-D01

TotalLab 1D Module which is the 1D gelanalysis module of TotalLab Quant (please seebelow), is the software supplied exclusively with allmicroDOC1D models (p. 65). TotalLab 1D features auser-friendly interface and help menu that provide asimple, guided workflow for fast and accuratequantitation and calibration of 1D gels and westernblots. Main benefits include:

• The capacity to review each step within theautomated workflow analysis, and manuallyintervene or edit if desired

• Highly developed algorithms which accuratelydetect lanes and bands even on distorted gelimages

• A range of visualisation tools that facilitatefurther examination of lane and band data toverify results, including band calibration fromMolecular Size standard lanes and accuratequantitation derived from known band volumes

• Full user control over the visualisation tools andthe data displayed, allowing only the importantdata fields and images of choice to be selectedfor final output

• Multiplex analysis

60

TotalLab and Phoretix gel analysis software options are available forquantitative gel analysis following gel documentation. Each softwareoption offers the highest level of automation currently available andguides the user step by step through the analysis process. A user-friendlyinterface is split into four parts allowing the user to view within a singlescreen every aspect of gel quantitation, including the gel image, lane andband profiles, analysis data and the help menu.

TotalLab is used primarily for 1D gel quantitation and is suitable for allusers regardless of their experience. More advanced Phoretix software,which also includes a free copy of TotalLab Quant, is recommended forresearchers performing in-depth lane relationship studies.

Phoretix 1D is more advanced analysissoftware used primarily for band-patternmatching within individual DGGE, SSCP andRFLP gels that are important for cultivarexperiments, evolutionary biology andpopulation genetics. Phoretix 1D has apowerful band matching feature, which isflexible and easy to use, while visual toolsshow the results of matching and identifysimilarities within an individual gel, includinglane clustering via dendrograms. A copy ofTotalLab Quant is included with Phoretix 1D.

Phoretix 1D Pro shares the sameanalysis features as Phoretix 1D, but withadded database storage to provide the idealsolution for generating and manipulating largelane-comparison datasets from multiple gels.Benefits include:

• Long-term archiving and storage of datafrom multiple gels

GEL ANALYSIS SOFTWARE

ota

ll

ab

an

dp

ho

Retix

TotalLab 1D TotalLab 1D analysis module for agarose and PAGE gels; available only with the purchase of MicroDOC1D models

TotalLab Quant TotalLab 1D analysis module plus array analysis, colony counting & toolbox modules

Phoretix 1D Phoretix 1D software for gel quantitation, calibration and band pattern matching studies within a single gel

Phoretix 1D Pro Phoretix 1D software for gel quantitation, calibration and band pattern matching studies between multiple gels


Technical Specification TotalLab TotaLlab Phoretix Phoretix1D Quant 1D 1D Pro

Compatible with 21CFR √ √ √part 11 compliance module

Automatic detection of √ √ √ √lanes and bands

Automatic background √ √ √ √subtraction

Image manipulation tools √ √ √ √Lane templates √ √ √ √Analysis protocols for √ √batch processing

Molecular weight calibration √ √ √ √Quantity calibration √ √ √ √& normalisation

Profile deconvolution √ √ √ √Rf calibration √ √Band picking √ √Band pattern matching √ √– single gel

Band pattern matching √– lanes across multiple gels

Band pattern queries √Dendrogram – single gel √ √Dendrogram √– lanes from multiple gels

Data archive and search facility √Classification and √identification tools

Reports √ √ √ √Array analysis module √ √ √Colony counting module √ √ √

TotalLab 1D

TotalLab Quant – Array Analysis

TotalLab 1D / Quant – Multiplex Analysis

Phor

etix

1D

Pro

TotalLab Quant includes TotalLab1Dplus three modules for array analysis; colonycounting and 2D spot measurement; andgeneral feature-based image analysis. Thearray analysis module can automatically detectup to 1536 wells or arrays spots, and may alsobe used to quantify dot and slot blots. Arrayanalysis and Toolbox modules also includemultiplex analysis functionalities.

• Comparison of each lane with any other lane within thedatabase, with the results presented as dendrograms or tablesthat show all band and lane similarities, thereby enablingidentification of lane relationships across many differentexperiments

• Classification and identification of unknown sample against adefined library of known references that can be easily sharedbetween co-workers and labs making collaboration on largeprojects easier

61


• 12.1 MEGA PIXEL DIGITAL CAMERA*

• IMAGE VISUALISED WITHIN A LARGE

8” TFT COLOUR MONITOR

• LIGHT WEIGHT COMPACT HOOD

WITH EASY ACCESS DOOR AND

BUILT-IN INNER LIGHTS

• INTEGRAL MICROSWITCH SWITCHES

OFF UV TRANSILLUMINATOR AND

TURNS ON INTERNAL LIGHT

• CAN BE USED WITHOUT A

COMPUTER

• INCLUDES FLASH CARD, FLASH CARD

READER AND ETHIDIUM BROMIDE

FILTER

• AVAILABLE ON ITS OWN WITH

CAMERA AND DARKROOM, OR AS

A COMPLETE GEL DOCUMENTATION

SYSTEM WITH TRANSILLUMINATOR,EITHER WITH OR WITHOUT

SOFTWARE


CAMERA:

EFFECTIVE PIXELS: 12.1 MILLION

CCD: 1/1.7-INCH TYPE CMOS SENSOR WITH DIGIC 5 PROCESSOR

ZOOM: 5 X ZOOM /4X DIGITAL

MAX. APERTURE: F/1.8 (W) - F/2.8 (H)SHUTTER SPEED: 15 - 1/4000S. (TOTAL RANGE)FILE FORMATS: RAW, TIFF-RGB, JPEGSTORAGE MEDIA: 4GB MEMORY CARD; OPTIONAL WI-FI MEMORY CARD

COMPUTER INTERFACE: HI-SPEED USB (MINI-B COMPATIBLE)FILTER: +3 CLOSE UP AND ETBR; OPTIONAL SYBR GREEN

VIDEO OUT: NTSC/PAL

8.0" TFT LIQUID CRYSTAL SCREEN

DISPLAY FORMAT: 800 X 600 PIXELS

LUMINANCE: 250 CD/MM

DISPLAY MODE: NTSC/PAL/SECAM MODE SWITCHABLE VIDEO AND AUDIO INPUT

CHAMBER, MICRODOC:

HOOD DIMENSION: 290 X 220 X 320MM (WXDXH)MULTI POWER SOURCE: FOR CAMERA, INNER LIGHT LAMP, TFT SCREEN

INNER WHITE LAMP: 2 TUBES

SAFETY DOOR SWITCH: SHUTS DOWN UV TRANSILLUMINATOR WHEN DOOR IS OPENED


mic

Rod

oc

MICRODOC

microDOC is a simple, inexpensive and ultra compactgel documentation system. It includes a digital camera withimproved high-sensitivity CCD sensor and the latest imageprocessor to guarantee superb resolution of 12.1 mega pixels*.For added convenience, limited space and budget requirements,microDOC can be used computer free. The image is viewed froma large 8" TFT colour liquid crystal display. A variety of imagescan be captured in colour, clearly and easily, from agarose andother fluorescent gels, colorimetric gels, auto radiography filmand blotting membranes. The system is fitted with a 55mmethidium bromide filter and has a safety switch to turn off theUV Transilluminator when the door is opened. This also

activates internal light for convenient gel manipulation. Filescan be saved in a variety of formats (RAW, TIFF-RGB and JPEG)for later transfer to computer systems for storage and analysiswith the highly recommended TotalLab™ 1D software.

PrinterThe Mitsubishi P93 is a high speed, high resolution thermalprinter that is perfectly suited to printing images directly fromthe microDOC. Connected to the microDOC by a BNC cable, theMitsubishi P93 prints 325dpi images, up to 133 x 99mm in size.

Built-in Wi-Fi technology from the camera may be used withinthe microDOC camera to facilitate instantaneous wireless

transfer of images to acomputer or smart device - nocable connection required. Set-up requires a broadbandinternet connection and aDHCP-enabled wireless router.Minimum system requirementsfor software installation areWindows XP.

Vis

ua

lis

atio

n&

do

cu

men

tatio

n

BASIC

Gel Documentation Systems System only Including TotalLab 1D Analysis Software Compact Gel documentation system MDOC MICRODOC1DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS312) MDOCUV312 MDOCUV3121DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS254) MDOCUV254 MDOCUV2541DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS365) MDOCUV365 MDOCUV3651DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS254/312) MDOCUV254/312 MDOCUV254/3121DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS254/365) MDOCUV254/365 MDOCUV254/3651DmicroDOC System with UV Transilluminator (UVTS312/365) MDOCUV312/365 MDOCUV312/3651DmicroDOC Basic System with lift-off dark room hood and camera only MDOCBASIC MDOCBASIC1D

Accessories PRNT Mitsubishi Thermal Printer for use with Microdoc - 110 - 240V MDOCEB Microdoc ethidium bromide filterMDOCSBRG Microdoc SYBR filter

PRTPAP Replacement printer paperMDOCWLB White light box for Micro docMDOC-WIFI Optional 4GB wireless memory card

microDOC BASICis a simple low-cost systemcomprising a lift-off dark roomhood and 10.4megapixel digitalcamera, throughwhich the gel isviewed directly.This system canbe supplied with optional TotalLab 1DAnalysis Software and any one of the21x21cm transilluminators

* specification of camera is subject to change, usually by improvement

shown with UVTransilluminator

separate power andlight switches

internal illuminationwhen door is open

easily lifted on and offtransilluminator

high resolution 8Mbdigital camera

convenience

62

GEL DOCUMENTATIONThe omniDOC systems offer high performance gel documentation andanalysis at affordable costs. By providing many of the featuresincorporated within the highest specification systems, but without the

added price premium, each omniDOC system presents a simple butsophisticated imaging solution. A high resolution 5 mega pixel

camera (CMOS sensor for improved light sensitivity) with slide-outUV transilluminator, and optional blue epi-illumination module and

white light table, makes the omniDOC suitable for imaging mostfluorescent and colorimetric gels, while a USB port requires a

cable to connect the dark room assembly to an external PC forcontrol. Imaging applications are made easy by a pre-

focused camera that requires little or no manualadjustment, while simple one-click image acquisition andanalysis software guides the user through every step of thegel documentation process. A front LED indicator panelreveals at a glance the light source in use, whereas aviewing screen with universal filter and spring-loaded coverfacilitates safe and convenient gel inspection. AllomniDOCs are constructed from corrosion resistant ABS

and feature a viewing pane with universal amber filter forgel inspection, which may be covered by a spring-loaded

panel during documentation.

• Filter slide with four interchangeable filter options:

• 620nm filter (standard) – EtBr, Gel Red &SafeView Classic

• 520nm filter (SYBR) – Gel Green, Midori Green,run- SAFE, SYBR Green I & II, SYBR Gold & SYBRSafe

• 560nm filter (yellow) – as per 520nm filter butalso including SYPRO Orange

• 580nm filter (orange) – EtBr, Gel Green & Red,Safe- View Classic; SYBR Green I & II, SYBR Gold& Safe; SYPRO Orange & Ruby

• High resolution 5MPcamera with CMOSsensor for enhancedlight sensitivity

• Lens: focal length 6mm;aperture size F1.2;autofocusing

• Filter slide with fourfilter options to performan extensive range offluorescence applications

White light table – use plug-in white light table to viewcoomassie blue and silverstain protein gels; may alsobe used to view tissue slidesand autoradiographs

Autoradiographs – highresolution 5MP camera capturesimages in high detail, especiallywhen scrutinising separationbetween closely located bandsor spots

DNA – use the slide-out UVtransilluminator to captureimages of DNA gels stainedwith EtBr and SYBR dyes

Blue light – LED epi-illumination module allowsvisualisation of some stainswith better clarity and withoutDNA damage – e.g. runSAFE

Filter

Documentation and analysis ofDNA, Safe Stained and Protein gels


• PRE-FOCUSED 5 MEGA PIXEL

CAMERA WITH AUTO-EXPOSURE

FOR ALMOST INSTANTANEOUS

HIGH RESOLUTION GEL

IMAGING; CMOS SENSOR FOR

IMPROVED LIGHT SENSITIVITY

• 6MM LENS, F1.2 APERTURE

SIZE, WITH MANUAL

ADJUSTMENT

• INTERCHANGEABLE FILTER SLIDE

– 620NM ETHIDIUM BROMIDE

FILTER AS STANDARD; 520,560 AND 580NM FILTER

OPTIONS FOR RUNSAFE,SYBR STAIN AND OTHER

FLUORESCENCE APPLICATIONS

• INTERNAL WHITE LED – HELPS

GEL POSITIONING AND

FOCUSING

• SLIDE-OUT 312NM

TRANSILLUMINATOR

• LARGE 21X26CM FILTER AREA

hig

hp

eR

fo

Rm

an

ce

63

OMNIDOC OMNIDOC-IUV TRANSILLUMINATOR 312NM, 21X26CM (WXL); 6X8W TUBES

RESOLUTION 5 MEGA PIXELS (2592X1944 PIXELS MAX)SENSOR CMOS, 1/2.5”LENS 5MM FOCAL LENGTH; APERTURE F1.2IMAGE BIT-DEPTH 12-BIT (0-4095 GREY LEVELS) SENSOR

FILTER CAMERA 620NM ETBR (STANDARD); OPTIONAL 520, 560, 580NM FILTERS

IMAGE STORAGE PC OR LAPTOP LAPTOP, PC OR PAD, AND WINDOWS® AND SAMSUNG ANDROID TABLETS

CONNECTION TO USB TO PC WI-FI TO PC OR TABLET OPERATING DEVICE

OPERATING SYSTEM WINDOWS® 7 (64BIT & 32BIT) / REQUIREMENTS XP / VISTA FOR SOFTWARE

DARK ROOM 410 X 405 X 570MM (W X D X H) ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS

FRONT PANEL DISPLAY LED 3.5” 64K COLOUR TFT DISPLAY; TOUCHSCREEN

VEWING WINDOW 560NM UNIVERSAL ORANGE FILTER

WHITE LIGHT 6X1W LED (STANDARD) FOR GEL POSITIONING

WHITE LIGHT TABLE 21X26CM FILTER; CONNECTS INTERNALLY (OPTIONAL) TO DARKROOM

BLUE LED EXCITATION WAVELENGTH 470NM; CONNECTS EPI-ILLUMINATION INTERNALLY TO DARK ROOM MODULE (OPTIONAL)SAFETY SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR PANEL; DISCONNECTS UV TRANSILLUMINATOR ON OPENING; COMPLIES WITH CE, FCC STANDARDS

USB PORT FOR PC FOR UPDATES AND CONNECTION MAINTENANCE

WI-FI FORMAT - WIRELESS N, WIRELESS GPOWER RATING DUAL VOLTAGE: 110-230 VACWEIGHT 25KG


MICRODOC

WiR

eles

sc

on

nec

tiV

ity The omniDOC-i shares all of the same features of the

standard omniDOC, but with the added benefit ofwireless connectivity to a remote laptop or tablet.Simply install the omniDOC image acquisition andanalysis software on a laptop or tablet, place the gelon the transilluminator or white light table within thedarkroom, and then begin image capture, using yourpreferred excitation source and filter, either by‘pressing’ the tabs on the omniDOC’s front panelcolour touchscreen, or by following the promptswithin the software on your laptop or tablet. Onceimage acquisition is complete the gel may beanalysed immediately using the complimentaryanalysis software included, or saved for later toperform analysis at a more convenient time andplace. The software is downloadable as an app toiPAD, and Windows and Samsung Android tablets toprovide full touch-screen remote control, making theomniDOC- i probably the mostportable and versatile imagingsystem on the market.

• WHITE LIGHT TABLE AND BLUE

LIGHTS ALLOW EASY SWITCHING

BETWEEN ETHIDIUM BROMIDE,SAFE STAINED AND PROTEIN GELS

• WI-FI CONNECTION FOR WIRELESS

REMOTE CONTROL AND IMAGE

TRANSFER TO COMPLIMENTARY

• USB PORT FOR PC CONNECTIVITY

• 3.5” 64K colour TFT displayshows at a glance theexcitation source in use, andprovides full manualtouchscreen control of theexcitation source, UVintensity and exposure time.


OMNIDOC omniDOC Gel Documentation System with 620nm (EtBr) emission filter & 312nm UV transilluminator*OMNIDOCSAFE omniDOC plus Blue LED Epi-illumination Module (OMNIDOC-BL), and 520, 560 & 580nm filters (OMNIDOC-SYBR, -AF560 & -AF580)*OMNIDOCPRO omniDOC plus White Light Table (HPDOC-WLT)*OMNIDOC-PROSAFE omniDOC plus Blue LED Epi-illumination Module (OMNIDOC-BL), and 520, 560 & 580nm filters (OMNIDOC-SYBR, -AF560 & -AF580); and White Light Table (OMNIDOC-WLT)* OMNIDOC-i omniDOC-i Gel Documentation System with 620nm (EtBr) emission filter & 312nm UV transilluminator†

OMNIDOC-iSAFE HPDOC-i plus Blue LED Epi-illumination Module (OMNIDOC-BL), and 520, 560 & 580nm filters (OMNIDOC-SYBR, -AF560 & -AF580)†

OMNIDOC-iPRO HPDOC-i plus White Light Table (OMNIDOC-WLT)†

OMNIDOC-iPROSAFE omniDOC-i plus Blue LED Epi-illumination Module (OMNIDOC-BL), and 520, 560 & 580nm filters (OMNIDOC-SYBR, -AF560 & -AF580); and White Light Table (OMNIDOC-WLT)†

OMNIDOC-WLT Optional White Light TableOMNIDOC-BL Optional Blue Light modulesOMNIDOC-SYBR Optical SYBER Green FilterOMNIDOC-EB Optical EtBr Filter (Supplied as standard)

OMNIDOC-AF580 Amber Filter, 580nmOMNIDOC-AF560 Amber Filter, 560nmOMNIDOC-F1 Viewing window, Amber Filter, 560nm (Supplied as standard)

*Requires a PC or laptop with USB cable; †Requires a PC, laptop or tablet with Wi-Fi connection

omniDOC IMAGE CAPTURE AND ANALYSIS SOFTWARE – use the included software to...

Acquire, store and manipulate images

Use intuitive touchscreen control for image acquisition ina few simple steps

Adjust the exposure time, altering the UV intensity ormanipulating the iris on the camera if required

Select your light source: UV, blue or white light

Use Toolbox function to change default settings forexcitation source & exposure time, or apply advancedfeatures like saturation detection & date stamp

Image Freeze – minimise UV damage nucleic acid gels by‘freezing’ the gel image and switching off thetransilluminator ahead of image capture or printing

Acquire and save image for...

Analysis

Analyse, document and quantify gels

Following image acquisition use the intuitive touchscreencontrol software for analysis

Load the newly acquired image, or select one storedpreviously in TIFF, JPEG, BMP or GIF image format

Select the gel or dot blot type from one of four options

‘Tap and drag’ rectangular boxes on your tablet to define thesample lanes to be analysed

Set the level of sensitivity and define the base line forsubtraction

Perform density analysis...

And then molecular weight analysis; use software to save asan image file format of your choosing or export into MicrosoftExcel as a CSV file for further data analysis

64

min

imix

• ORBITAL, RECIPROCAL & ROCKING

MODELS WITH 30X30CM

SHAKING-PLATFORM & NON-SLIP

RUBBER MAT

• 2-D/3-D SHAKER ACCOMMODATES

OPTIONAL HYBRIDISATION WATER

BATH

• ADDITIONAL PLATFORMS DOUBLE

CAPACITY

• DIMPLED MAT SUPPORTS 1.5ML,15ML AND 50ML TUBES

• THE PERFECT SPEED AND TILT FOR

BLOTTING AND GEL STAINING

• THREE-DIMENSIONAL MOTION

• DESIGNED FOR USE WITH BLOT

BOXES

SHAKERS

3D SHAKERMiniMix combines the motions of orbital shaking and rocking toproduce a gentle, but thorough, 3-D action that is perfect forantibody incubation of western blots and staining gels.

The pitch and speed of MiniMix are optimised to generate a tiltangle that is large enough to ensure uniform distribution ofsolutions, yet small enough to prevent the centre of the blot fromdrying out. This has the added benefit of allowing users to workwith minimal volumes, thus conserving valuable probes andantibodies.

A non-slip rubber mat keeps the boxes in place on the agitatingplatform, which, along with the housing, is very easy to clean anddecontaminate after use. The MiniMix’s compact and light weightdesign allows it to be moved around the lab where needed. It is alsosafe for use in an incubator or cold room for temperature controlledreactions.


3DSHAKER MiniMix 3D Shaker with 20x16.5cm tray and non-slip rubber matBB9X6 Gel/Blot box, 9.1 x 6.6cm, 3-5ml capacity, 10/packBB11X8 Gel/Blot box, 11.7 x 8.9cm, 6-10ml capacity, 10/pack

BB12X12 Gel/Blot box, 12 x 12cm, 1/packBB20X16.5 Gel/Blot box, 20 x 16.5cm, 1/pack

MS-NOR Orbital shaker with 30 x 30cm platform and non slip rubber matMS-NRC Reciprocal shaker with 30 x 30cm platform and flat non slip rubber matMS-NRK Rocking Shaker with 30 x 30cm platform and flat non slip rubber mat

CW-23 Combination 3-D shaker with 3-D shaking and rocking for maximal fluidmovement; includes 33 x 33cm platform and flat non slip rubber mat

MW-WB Hybridisation Water Bath (ambient to 95°C) for use with CW-23

Ro

ck

eR

s a

nd Four different models of rockers and shakers

are available, with each offering benefits thatinclude: outstanding uniform motion and lownoise; microprocessor based keypads withdigital control and display of preset time,continuous time, action scale and speed; andhigh quality stainless steel platforms withpop-on / pop-off installation holes to securesamples. All models are lightweight andportable for easy transportation from thebench to incubator and cold room alike, whileadditional platforms may be added forincreased capacity.

Technical SpecificationsCat. No. MS-NOR MS-NRC MS-NRK CW-23Motion Orbital, single direction Linear, Reciprocating Rocking 2-D or 3-D Combi or alternating, bi-directional clockwise & anticlockwise shakingApplication aeration of samples, incubation of western prevents gels and membranes ideal for gentle, 0.5 to 5ml in volume, within blots and initial from drying out during foam-free washing of multi-well plates, standard mixing of reagents staining, blocking and delicate cell lines dishes and petri dishes antibody incubations within tissue cultureStroke Length/Tilt Angle 20mm 19mm 12° 8°Orbits/Shaking Cycle 0.1-10.0 - - -Speed 0-200 rpm 5-100 rpm 5-100 rpm 5-100 rpmTimer 1-9999 mins, 1-9999 mins, 1-9999 mins, 1-9999 mins, 1 min increment 1 min increment 1 min increment 1 min incrementController Digital microprocessor Digital microprocessor Digital microprocessor Digital microprocessorDisplay 4 digital red LED 4 digital red LED 4 digital red LED 4 digital red LEDOperating Temperature 4-40°C 4-40°C 4-40°C 0-50°CCarry Capacity 10 kg 15 kg 15 kg 15 kgOptional Stacking Platform Yes Yes Yes YesSpecial Functions 2 way direction Angle 0-25°Platform Dimension 30 x 30cm 30 x 30cm 30 x 30cm 33 x 33cmOperating Power 110 / 220V 110 / 220V 110 / 220V 110 / 220VWeight 7 kg 7 kg 8 kg 10 kg

CW-23

MS-NOR; MS-NRC; MS-NRK

SPEED 18RPM (115V) / 20 RPM (230V)

MOTION 3-D, NUTATING

TILT ANGLE 5°

PLATFORM SIZE (WXD) 20X16.5CM

AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE 4-65°

DIMENSION (WXDXH) 20.3X17.8X10.5CM

WEIGHT 0.88KG

ELECTRICAL 115/230V 50/60HZ


Blot BoxesThese gel staining / blotting boxes are available in 4 sizes andare the ideal accessory for incubating blots or staining gels.

65

SPEED RANGE: 60-1500 RPM (STIRRING UNITS ONLY)

TEMP. RANGE: AMBIENT +5° TO 380°C (HEATING UNITS ONLY)

PLATFORM: 19 X 19CM

CONTROL: QUICK ADJUSTMENT KNOBS

DIMENSIONS: 20(W) X 23(D) X 11.5(H) CM

ELECTRICAL DATA: 120V, 60 HZ / 230V, 5TT0/60 HZ


These hotplates, stirrers and hotplate-stirrersfeature an exceptionally durable, chemicallyresistant, white ceramic work surface. Theirspace-efficient design (20 x 23 cm footprint),makes them ideal for use on crowded benchtops and inside cabinets.

Advanced microprocessor controls withconvenient turn knobs allow quick, preciseadjustment and maintenance of speed andtemperature. A safety indicator LED on eachfront panel indicates when the heating andstirring functions have been activated. With asquare 19 x 19 cm work surface, all three

This variable speed Vortex Mixer combines fast, efficientmixing with minimal vibration. Unlike other vortexmixers using elliptical orbits, its true circular orbitfacilitates uniform sample-vortexing even at low speed.The CombiCup™ head, which is supplied as standard,accepts many different tube sizes, while the uniqueovermoulding technology used in its manufactureprovides a sturdy plastic core with non-slip TPE that fitsoptional heads for microplates, microtubes, PCR striptubes, 15ml and 50ml tubes and blood vials.

The unit may be used in ‘touch’ or continuous mode:‘touch’ mode being activated by simply depressing thesample head and then stopped by releasing thepressure. An optimised counter balance system

minimises vibration and movement of the unit during operation, whereasits lightweight construction and small footprint allows it to be readilytransported and used in areas where space is restricted. The unit is alsosafe for use in temperature controlled environments, and may be usedwithin a cold room.

VORTEX Vortex Mixer with general purpose head

Optional Head Attachments

S0200-21 for 24 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes, 24 x 0.5ml tubes and 32 x 0.2ml tubes

(or 4 tube strips)

S0200-22 for 1 microplate or 64 x 0.2ml tubes or 8 x 0.2ml tube strips

S0200-23 for 8 x 15ml and 8 x 12/13mm Diam. tubes

S0200-24 for 6 x 50ml tubes

SO200-25 for 12 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes, held horizontally

S0200-26 for 4 x 15ml tubes, held horizontally

S0200-27 for 2 x 50ml tubes, held horizontally

HOTPLATE Hotplate, 19 x 19 cHOTSTIR Hotplate Magnetic Stirrer 19 x 19 cm

STIR Magnetic Stirrer, 19 x 19 cm


• POWERFUL, RELIABLE MOTOR WITH

OPTIMISED COUNTER BALANCE

• CIRCULAR ORBIT FOR EFFECTIVE

VORTEXING AT ANY SPEED

• COMBICUP HEAD ACCEPTS A VARIETY

OF TUBE SIZES

• VERSATILE HEAD ATTACHMENT

ACCESSORIES FOR MICROPLATES AND

DIFFERENT TUBE SIZES

VORTEX MIXER

HEATERS AND STIRRERS • LARGE WORK SURFACE, 19X19CM

• SPACE SAVING DESIGN, 20X23CM FOOTPRINT

• CHEMICAL RESISTANT WHITE

CERAMIC TOP PLATE

• SAFETY LEDS INDICATE WHEN

HEATING OR STIRRING

• QUICK AND EASY ADJUSTMENT OF

HEATING/MIXING

SPEED RANGE 115V 0 - 3400 RPM 230V 0 - 2850 RPM

OPERATING MODES TOUCH OR CONTINUOUS

AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE 4 - 65°C

DIMENSIONS (WXDXH) 14CM X 16CM X 13CM

WEIGHT 2.2KG

ELECTRICAL 115V OR 230V, 50/60HZ


S0200-21 S0200-22 S0200-23

S0200-24 S0200-25 S0200-26 S0200-27

models are compatible with a wide variety of popular sizes of borosilicate glassbeakers, flasks, bottles and other vessels.

The hotplate/magnetic stirrer model is supplied complete with a support rod formounting thermometers and temperature probes.

66

With a compact, space-saving stackable design andtemperature uniformity to within ±0.2°C, the newhybridPRO hybridisation shaking incubators can beused for numerous temperature-dependent laboratoryapplications. In addition to the standard entry levelmodel, the hybridPRO range includes four incubatormodels, each supplied in one of four shaking-platformformats – vortex, orbital, reciprocal or rocking - andcustomisable for nucleic acid hybridisation techniqueswith three rotisserie options. A large 3.6” colour-touchscreen control panel simplifies manipulation ofspeed, temperature and time within an easy toprogramme 3-line display, while a 32-bitmicroprocessor provides the temperature uniformityand stability necessary to support the mosttemperature-sensitive applications. A modern design,stylish front door panel closes upon the stain-resistantinterior of a robust metal chassis designed towithstand the stresses of frequent daily usage.

n BASIC INCUBATOR MODEL WITH TWO

STAINLESS STEEL MESH-SHELVES

3-LINE COLOUR TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS:

• DRYING AGAR PLATES

• MICROBIAL PLATING TECHNIQUES

NHYBRIDBASIC is a cost-effective system forhomogeneous temperature control during routineincubations. Advanced ventilation design technologycontrolled by a digital microprocessor maintainstemperature uniformity and stability to within ±0.2°C. Astain-resistant interior protects against spillages, whileremovable stainless steel mesh-shelves ensure that airflowremains unrestricted. Incubations may be set in precise0.1°C increments under a continuous or programmabletimer function.

NHYBRIDBASIC Incubator only with 2 stainless steel shelves

HYB-SSMP Stainless Steel Mesh Plate with 4 holders 32.5 x 34.5 cm

NHYBRIDVX Vortex Incubator with 200x300mm platform for 4 microplates

NHYBRIDROC Rocking Incubator with 270x200mm platform

HYB-SH Supporting Holders for Stainless Steel Mesh Plate, pack of 4

HYB-8RT 35 mm tube Rotisserie for 8 tubes*

HYB-16RT 50 ml conical tube Rotisserie for 16 tubes*

HYB-24RT 15 ml conical tube Rotisserie for 24 tubes*

HYBBT40X150 1x Glass tube 40x150mm (d x l) for HYB-8RT



HYBRIDORB Orbital Incubator with 270x200mm platform

HYBRIDREC Reciprocal Incubator with 270x200mm platform

HYB-8RT 1x Rotisserie for 8x40mm glass tubes*

HYB-16RT 1x Rotisserie for 16x50ml disposable conical tubes*

HYB-24RT 1x Rotisserie for 24x15ml disposable conical tubes*

NHYB-P2720 Additional 27x20cm platform to double capacity of incubators

NHYBFH-250 1x250ml flask holder for NHYBRIDORB & NHYBRIDREC platforms

NHYBFH-500 1x500ml flask holder for NHYBRIDORB & NHYBRIDREC platforms

NHYBFH-250-SET 5x250ml flask holders for NHYBRIDORB & NHYBRIDREC platforms

NHYBFH-500-SET 4x500ml flask holders for NHYBRIDORB & NHYBRIDREC platforms





66

• DIGITAL MICROPROCESSOR

CONTROL

• TOUCH SCREEN & GRAPHICAL

INTERFACE

• CHAMBER TEMPERATURE:AMBIENT TO 85°C

• TEMPERATURE RESOLUTION

±0.1°C

• CHAMBER TEMPERATURE

ACCURACY AT 37°C ± 0.2°C

SHAKING INCUBATORShybridisation

ba

sic n WITH VIBRATING PLATFORM FOR 4X

MICROPLATES

THREE ROTISSERIE OPTIONS FOR

HYBRIDISATION

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS: • ENZYME ASSAYS

• NUCLEIC ACID HYBRIDISATION

NHYBRIDBASIC is a cost-effective system forhomogeneous temperature control during routineincubations. Advanced ventilation design technologycontrolled by a digital microprocessor maintainstemperature uniformity and stability to within ±0.2°C.A stain-resistant interior protects against spillages,while removable stainless steel mesh-shelves ensurethat airflow remains unrestricted. Incubations may beset in precise 0.1°C increments under a continuous orprogrammable timer function.

Vo

Rex

DISPLAY 3.5” 64K COLOUR-TFT DISPLAY

CONTROLLER 32-BIT MICROPROCESSOR-CONTROL

CONTROL INTERFACE TOUCH SCREEN & GRAPHICAL INTERFACE

TIMER / RESOLUTION CONTINUOUS; PROGRAMMABLE

1-9999 MINS WITH ALARM / 1 MIN.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL AMBIENT +5°C TO 85°C / 0.1°CRANGE / RESOLUTION

TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY/ ±0.2°C ACCURACY AT 37°C

TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION YES

PLATFORM DIMENSIONS 27X20CM (20X30CM FOR NHYBRIDVX)

DATA-LOGGING CAPACITY RS-232

OPERATING VOLTAGE 110/220V~ 50/60HZ

(DUAL, SELECTABLE)

CHAMBER DIMENSIONS, CM INNER 34 X 22.5 X 26(W X D X H) EXTERIOR 44 X 46 X 45

WEIGHT 29KG


Technical Specification for Shaking-platform models onlyIncubator Model NHYBRIDVX NHYBRIDORB NHYBRIDREC NHYBRIDROCShaker motion Vortex Orbital (clockwise & anticlockwise) Reciprocal RockingSpeed 50-1500rpm 0-200rpm 5-100rpm 5-100rpmOptional rotisserie speed 5-100rpm 5-100rpm 5-100rpm 5-100rpmResolution 1rpm 1rpm 1rpm 1rpm

*tubes not included

6767

NHYBRIDORB includes as standard a bi-directional 27x20cm orbital shaking platform that exhibits both clockwiseand anticlockwise motion. Optional flask holders may be fitted to the orbital shaking platform to accommodate up to five 250mlor four 500ml flat-bottomed flasks, making the NHYBRIDORB a suitable bench top shaker for growing overnight cultures ofbacteria, yeast and insect cells. The shaking-platform may be replaced by one of three hybridisation rotisseries, which arepurchased separately.

NHYBRIDREC is a 27x20cm reciprocal shaking-platform incubator that may be adapted to accommodate 250ml and500ml flat-bottomed flasks. The shaking-platform has a reciprocal motion that is perfect for incubation of western blots andmicrobial cultures, and may be replaced by one of three optional hybridisation rotisseries. An optional platform with four 10cmpillars mounts comfortably on the shaking platform to double capacity if required.

NHYBRIDROC includes a 27x20cm rocking platform to provide the perfect motion and tilt angle to prevent gels andmembranes from drying out during staining, blocking and antibody incubations. Interchangeable hybridisation rotisseries may beexchanged for the rocking platform to allow the NHYBRIDROC to be customised for the full range of nucleic acid hybridisationapplications, including northern and Southern blotting techniques..

• SUITABLE FOR 0.5ML TO 100ML

PIPETTES

• ERGONOMICALLY SHAPED HANDLE

• LCD DISPLAY

• SENSITIVE VALVES FOR PRECISE

WORK WITH LOW VOLUME PIPETTES

LOW BATTERY LIGHT INDICATOR

• PROTECTED BY FILTER AND SAFETY

VALVE

• AUTOCLAVABLE NOSEPIECE AND

PIPETTE HOLDER CHARGING STAND

AUTOCLAVABILITY NOSEPIECE, PIPETTE HOLDER, FILTER

FILTER HYDROPHOBIC PTFE 0.2µm

PIPETTE TYPES GLASS OR PLASTIC 0.5-100ML


Technical SpecificationsoRbital, RecipRocal & Rocking

Extra 27x20cm Platform Option:For Orbital & Reciprocal models

Extra 27x20cm Platform Option:For Orbital & Reciprocal models

HYB-16RT and HYB-24RT for16x50ml & 24x15ml conical tubes

HYB-8RT for 8x40mm

Hybridisation Rotisserie Options for all models except basic:

OMNIPET-M

OPM omniPET-M motorised powered pipette filler, with charging stand


omniPET-M is a motorised powered pipette filler with LCD displaydesigned for cordless work with 0.5-100ml glass or plastic pipettes.Its lightweight handle, together with smooth pushbuttons andswitches ensure effortless pipetting even during extensiveuse. The LCD display indicates setting options and level ofbattery charge.

Different operational modes may be selected depending onpipetting volume and viscosity of liquid. Liquid aspirationspeeds can be adjusted to HIGH or LOW while dispensingcan be by gravity (GRAV) or supported by the pump(BLOW) which empties the pipette with blow out. To protectthe unit against overfilling, omniPET-M is equipped with both PTFE filters and a safety

valve. To protect samples from cross contamination,filters and pipette holders can be easily exchanged andautoclaved.

The powerful re-chareable Ni-MH battery allows manyhours of continuous work with the LCD displayindicating when unit should be recharged. The batteryis protected against overcharging by timing andthermal systems. omniPET-M is supplied with acharging stand.

mo

to

Ris

ed

pip

etto

R

DRYING AGAR PLATES & MICROBIAL PLATINGTECHNIQUES

ENZYME ASSAYS AND NUCLEIC ACID HYBRIDISATION

OVERNIGHT CULTURE GROWTH OF BACTERIA, YEAST& INSECT CELLS

STAINING, BLOCKING & ANTIBODY INCUBATIONS

NUCLEIC ACID HYBRIDISATIONS: NORTHERN &SOUTHERN BLOTTING TECHNIQUES

68

PIPETTES


Cat. No. Volume Range Accuracy % Coeff. Variation % CV2 0.1 to 2µl ±12 to 1.5 ±6.0 to 0.7

CV10 0.5 to 10µl ±4.0 to 0.5 ±2.8 to 0.4

CV20 2 to 20µl ±3.0 to 0.8 ±1.5 to 0.3

CV100 10 to 100µl ±1.6 to 0.8 ±0.8 to 0.2

Cat. No. Volume Range Accuracy % Coeff. Variation %CV200 20 to 200µl ±1.2 to 0.6 ±0.6 to 0.2

CV1000 100 to 1000µl ±1.6 to 0.6 ±0.4 to 0.15

CV5000 1 to 5ml ±1.2 to 0.5 ±0.5 to 0.15

CV10000 1 to 10ml ±2.5 to 0.5 ±0.6 to 0.2

Cat. No. Description CV-4POS Pipette Stand, 4-position

Cat. No. Description CV-RS Rotating Pipette Stand, 6-position

EASY-TURNvolume adjustmentwheel

DIGITALvolume display

SLIM HANDLEfor optimum comfort

COMPLETELYAUTOCLAVABLE

PLASTIC GRIPfor easier tip

ejector removal

AIRTIGHT SEALPTFE / O-ring

ADJUSTABLEEJECTOR

to allow a widerchoice of tips

EJECTORBUTTONmaximiindivid

com

ENLARGEDplunger button foruser comfort

Piston/Sealassembly

LIGHT WEIGHlighter than man

similar model

• COMPLETELY AUTOCLAVABLE

• CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE

• REDUCED SPRING PRESSURES

MINIMISE FATIGUE

• COMFORTABLE, ERGONOMIC

HAND GRIP

• UV RESISTANT

• EIGHT DIFFERENT MODELS

COVERING THE RANGE FROM

0.1µL TO 10,000µL

Free Calibration keysupplied with each pipette

Eight models of single channel omniPETTEcover all volumes from 0.1µl up to 10ml. Acontinuously adjustable volumeter withdigital readout allows simple and accuratedispensing. The robust construction alongwith the low thermal coefficient of the bodyof each pipette will prevent hand heataffecting sample measurements andreproducibility, even in prolonged usage.Being lighter than many other similarpipettes, they are more comfortable to holdand operate for extended periods - even inthe smallest hand. This feature will alsoreduce the incidence of operator fatigue andRepetitive Strain Injury.

omniPETTE requires minimal maintenance.Its precise, self-locking stainless steelmicrometer accurately adjusts the stroke ofthe polished, acid-resistant stainless steelpiston. Each piston is machined to very finetolerances which, in conjunction with itsself-lubricating O-ring and PTFE seal,minimises the need for attention. Using aseries of height adapters, the tip ejectorposition on the shaft is adjustable to allowthe pipette’s use with virtually all brands oftips.

Each model is supplied with its ownindividual certificate of calibration, as aguarantee of the unit’s quality.

om

nip

ee s

ing

le c

ha

nn

el

69

PIPETTES


Cat. No. Channels Volume Range Accuracy % Coeff. Variation %CV8-10 8 1 to 10µl ±8.0 to 1.2 <8.0 to 1.2 CV8-50 8 5 to 50µl ±4.0 to 1.6 <2.5 to 0.6 CV8-200 8 20 to 200µl ±3.0 to 1.0 <1.5 to 0.6CV8-300 8 50 to 300µl ±1.6 to 1.0 <1.5 to 0.6

Cat. No. Channels Volume Range Accuracy % Coeff. Variation %CV12-10 12 1 to 10µl ±8.0 to 1.2 <8.0 to 1.2CV12-50 12 5 to 50µl ±4.0 to 1.6 <2.5 to 0.6CV12-200 12 20 to 200µl ±3.0 to 1.0 <1.5 to 0.6CV12-300 12 50 to 300µl ±1.6 to 1.0 <1.5 to 0.6

Cat. No. Description CV-MS Pipette Stand, 3-position

omniPETTE Multi-Channel Pi pettes allow comfort ablepipetting by both right and left handed users. Theplunger and ejector buttons are er go nom i cal lylocated and op er ate smoothly. For com fort ablepipetting in any direction, the tip manifold rotates360º. Each model features a revolutionarysuspension system which allows the shafts to moveindependently and so retract slightly when they arepressed against a row of pipette tips.This ensuresthat all tips secured on their individual shaft with theminimum of effort - and never fall off! In addition,an innova tive ejector bar is curved, allow ing the tipsto be pushed off in steps, there fore re duc ing theamount of force re quired for ejec tion.

The use of ad vanced, light weight ma te ri als (in boththe body of the pipette and the piston assemblies)results in a pipette that will stand up to constant use,yet is easy to hold, even during ex tend ed pipettingsessions.

Each channel of the pipette has an in di vid u al,precision piston assembly to ensure accuracy and re pro duc ibil ity from one pipetting series to the next,as well as between chan nels. The micrometer iscontinuous ly ad just able for selection of whole orfrac tion al vol umes.

om

nip

ee m

ul

i-ch

an

nel

DIGITALvolume display

CURVEDEJECTORBARreduces theforce requiredfor tip ejection

INDIVIDUALPRECISION

PISTONSensure accuracy and

reproducibilitybetween channels and

pipetting seri

EJECTBUTT

ergonodesign

com

LIGHT WEIGHT

lighter thanmany similar

models

SLIM HANDLE

for optimumcomfort

EASY-TURNvolume adjustmentwheel

ENLARGEDplunger button for

user comfort

ROTATINGMANIFOLD

pipette andeject in any

direction

• COMPLETELY AUTOCLAVABLE

• REDUCED SPRING PRESSURES

MINIMISE FATIGUE

• LIGHTWEIGHT BODY

• ROTATING MANIFOLD

• UV RESISTANT

• INDIVIDUAL PRECISION PISTONS

• CURVED, LOW FORCE EJECTOR

BAR

• EIGHT DIFFERENT MODELS

COVERING THE RANGE FROM

0.1µL TO 300µL

omniPETTE Multi-Chan nel Pi pettes areavail able in 8 and 12 channel models.Four overlapping volume ranges areprovided to pre cise ly meet liquid han dlingre quire ments from 1.0 to 300µl.

The performance of every pipette ischecked by gravimetric method and theresults of test are printed in pipetteQuality Control Certificate.

a revolutionarysuspensionsystem ensuresthat all tips aresecured on theirindividual shaft

MICROCENTRIFUGE


C-0260D-18 Microcentrifuge with 18 tube angle rotor, (14,000 rpm/16,000 xg max.) r=7.3cm.

C-0260D-24 Microcentrifuge with 24 tube angle rotor, 14,000rpm max (two rows of 12 tubes)

C-1205 Adapters for 0.5ml tubes, pk/6

C-1222 Adapters for 0.2ml PCR tubes, pk/6

C-0240-2R Optional 24 tube 45° angle rotor, (14,000rpm/16,000 xg max - two rows of 12 tubes)

(Outer: 14,000 rpm/16,000 xg max., r=7.3cm.) (Inner: 14,000 rpm/14,024 xg max., r=6.4cm.)

• DIGITAL DISPLAY OF TIME

AND SPEED

• EXCEPTIONALLY QUIET - BRUSHLESS MOTOR, 55DBA

• UNIQUE SELF-COOLING,VENTILATION SYSTEM

• COLD ROOM COMPATIBLE

• CHOICE OF 18-PLACE OR

24-PLACE ROTORS

• ADAPTERS FOR 0.2ML AND

0.5ML TUBES

• TWO YEAR WARRANTY

Dimensions: 80 x 80 x 40mm

TEMPERATURE: 0°C FOR UP TO 4 HOURS

CAPACITY: 36 X 1.5ML 96 X 0.2ML 12 X 0.2ML PCR STRIPS

1 X 96 WELL PCR PLATE

DIMENSIONS: 142 X 142 X 63.5MM

WEIGHT: 900G

MATERIAL: DURASTAR POLYMER


The Denville 260D incorporates all themost requested features in a singleaffordable microcentrifuge. The 260D isthe quietest centrifuge in its class whenused with either of its 45° angle rotors.These 45° angle rotors accept all types of1.5ml and 2.2ml tubes, including screw-top and self-standing "skirted" tubes. Anew strip rotor accepts 0.2ml PCR 8-stripsor standard 1.5ml tubes. All angle rotorsare autoclavable and are supplied with apolypropylene cover that “snaps" on or offeasily with one hand.

With its efficient ventilation system, theunit remains cool during repetitive and prolongedoperation. Incorporating a self-cooling ventilationsystem, even after successive 30 minute spins,sample temperature will not increase by more than4°C. The 260D may be used in a cold room.

Digital display of time and speed with simple "onetouch" keypads make setting of parameters quickand effortless. Speed may be shown in rpm or RCF(g-force) at the touch of a button. The 260D mayalso be used for limited or momentary spins,generating up to 16,000xg (14,000rpm).

The 260D series is covered by a two year warranty.

18 tube rotor

24 tube rotor

Airflow Diagram

1

2

3

4

rotor

motorfan

1 Ambient air enters lid through rear duct

2 Rotor or fan draws air over rotor to keep samples cool

3 Air enters unit core to cool motor and electronics

4 Fan or rotor push air out through holes in the base

0 10 20 30 +10 +20 +30

35

30

25

20

Temperature

(°C)

Time (minutes)

Comparison of sample temperatureswithin rotor chamber.

Denville 260D vs another leading brand.Repetitive 5 minute runs

Other Brand260D

den

Vil

le 2

60

d

70

7171

REFRIGERATED


ben

ch

-o

p m

icR

oc

en

Rif

ug

e

• MAXIMUM SPEED OF 17,135 ×G

(13,500 RPM) ACHIEVED IN <16SECONDS

• RAPID-COOL FUNCTION ALLOWS

ROTOR TEMPERATURE TO REACH

4°C WITHIN 8 MINUTES

• EXCEPTIONALLY QUIET -BRUSHLESS MOTOR, 56DBA

• USER-FRIENDLY LCD DISPLAY FOR

INPUT OF TEMPERATURE AND

SPEED - IN RPM OR RCF

• IMBALANCE DETECTION WITH

AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF

• QUICK SPIN FUNCTION IDEAL FOR

CELL ‘PELLETING’

• TWO YEAR WARRANTY

This new PRISM refrigeratedmicro centrifuge sets a newstandard in laboratory bench topcentrifugation. Its 24-place rotorand high speed capability makeit the ideal centrifugationsolution for all molecular biologyapplications that use 1.5ml tubesand 0.2ml tubes and strips. Anintuititous LCD control panelprovides full user-control overspeed, time and temperature, aswell as a wipe-clean surface foreasy decontamination. Speedadjustments in increments as lowas 100 rpm or 100 x g ensureprecise control to a maximum13,500 rpm, or 17,135 x g rcf.Centrifugation may be eithertimed between 30 seconds and99 minutes or performedcontinuously, while a ‘quick’ keyis provided for short spins or cellpelleting.

Prism’s powerful refrigeration system maintains sample temperatures as low as -10°C and takes less than 8 minutes to reach 4°Cfrom room temperature and which can be maintained even at maximum speed. A brushless motor drive allows the rotor toachieve its set speed quickly and effortlessly, while a computer-controlled isolation system ensures that the centrifuge operatesfree of vibration with a slight load imbalance; although shut down occurs automatically, within 18 seconds and without sampledisruption, if a significant imbalance is detected.

The unique design of the 24-place rotor allows easyaccess to all sample tubes; and individual tube slotswithin the solid aluminium rotor support each tubealong its length and retain sample in the event of tubefailure. The rotor accepts 1.5 and 2.0ml tubes directlyand smaller 0.5ml tubes using optional adapters. Theoptional StripSpin™ adaptor is connected to the top ofthe rotor to spin 0.2ml tubes and PCR strips. The unit’srotor sits on a tapered shaft so that it may be removedeasily to clean and autoclave.

RMC24 Refrigerated 24-place Microcentrifuge, 230VACRMC24-ROTOR Rotor, 24x1.5/2ml tubes (included with RCM24)

RMC24-1205 Adaptors for individual 0.5/0.6ml tubes, pk of 6RMC-24-1206 Adaptors for individual 0.25/0.4ml tubes, pk of 6

MAXIMUM SPEED 13,500RPM

MAXIMUM RCF 17,135 X G

TEMPERATURE RANGE -10 TO +40°C

TIMER 0.5-99 MINS; CONTINUOUS

DIMENSIONS 27.7 X 43 X 24.8CM (WXDXH)

WEIGHT 44LB / 20 KG

ELECTRICAL 120V~ OR 230V~ 50/60HZ; 500W


Solid aluminium rotor with samplecapacity for 24 × 1.5/2.0 ml tubes,2 × PCR strips or 16 x 0.2ml tubes

StripSpin adaptorfor 0.2ml tubes

Simple parameter entry

72


QSPIN QuickSpin complete with 1.5/2.0 ml rotor, strip tube rotor, 0.5 and 0.4 ml adapters, Purple lid

QUICKSPIN

mic

Ro

cen

Rif

ug

e• SUPPLIED WITH BOTH STANDARD

MICROTUBE AND STRIP TUBE

ROTORS

• IDEAL FOR QUICK SPIN-DOWNS

AND MICROFILTRATION

• STARTS AND STOPS IN SECONDS

• COMPACT DESIGN

Unlike traditional mini centrifuges, the newmultiFuge 12 eliminates the need to changerotors when switching between microtubesand PCR strips. The included, unique COMBI-Rotor is all that is required for running 12microtubes and 4 PCR strips simultaneously.

With a fixed speed that produces 2,000 x g,this centrifuge is perfect for quick spin downs.Simply close the lid and the unit quickly rampsup to 5500 rpm. Open the lid, and the rotorquickly decelerates for removal of samples.

At just 14cm wide and less than 11cm high,the multiFuge 12 truly is a personal centrifugewith unmatched capacity and flexibility.

Unique COMBI-Rotor Compact, low profile design

Quickspin is perfect for microfiltration and rapidspin-down of sample from the walls and caps ofmicrocentrifuge tubes.

Occupying less than 6 inches square of benchspace, the Quickspin has a very small footprint,making it easy to use in the lab. Rotors andadaptors, which may be easily interchanged, aresupplied as standard to accommodate 1.5 ml, 0.5ml and 0.4 ml tubes, as well as 0.2 ml strips andindividual tubes.

A highly durable stainless steel hinge pin facilitateseasy opening of the translucent lid, while an on/offswitch is located on the side of the centrifuge tostart and stop operation. Alternatively, with theswitch in the ‘on’ position, the centrifuge can bestarted and stopped by closing and opening the lid.

C0812 MyFUGE™ Mini Centrifuge, with COMBI-Rotor for 12 microtubes and PCR strips/tubes

C0812-A5 Adapters, 0.5 ml, pack of 6 C0812-A2 Adapters, 0.2 ml, pack of 6

SPEED: 5,500 RPM / 2,000 X G

CAPACITY: 12 X 1.5 / 2.0 ML TUBES, 32 X 0.2 ML PCR TUBES, 4 X PCR STRIPS (8X0.2 ML)

DIMENSIONS: 14 X 20 X 11.2 CM

WEIGHT: 5 KG


MAXIMUM SPEED 6000RPM

MAXIMUM G FORCE 2,000 X G

CAPACITY 6 X 1.5/2.0 ML

2 X 0.2ML STRIPS

DIMENSIONS (W X D X H) 15 X 15 X 11.7 CM

WEIGHT 0.45 KG


MULTIFUGE

min

i cen

Rif

ug

e

• COMBI-ROTOR FOR TUBES

AND STRIPS

• TWICE THE CAPACITY OF

TRADITIONAL MINI CENTRIFUGES

• NEARLY SILENT OPERATION

• STARTS AND STOPS WITH

OPENING/CLOSING OF THE LID

73

Fully Adjustable Heated Lid

OptiMax’s heated lid is fullyadjustable to provide optimumpressure for use with a broadrange of tubes and microplates.For optimum performance, the lidcan also be programmed to holddifferent temperatures between60° to 65°C and 100° to 115°C.The OptiMax lid preventscondensation and slides awayand back from the user to providefull access to samples and reducethe risk of contact with a hotsurface.

NEW PC Viewer Option

By downloading the software and attaching aUSB cable to a Windows PC, the real timetemperature profiles can be viewed as theyare occurring, to allow monitoring of thesystem.

Intuitive User Interface

MultiGene™ OptiMax utilises an intuitiveuser interface. This user interface is friendlyto the laboratory environment andconsistent with what users of MultiGene™

enjoyed in earlier models. It can be usedwith lab gloves even if wet. The rampingspeed and eliminated overshooting andundershooting which contributes to longerrun times, have been improved.

Simplified Workflow – Improved ThroughputMultigene OptiMax may beprogrammed to operate betweenone and six different annealingtemperatures of user choice, acrossthe block.

• Improved Throughput byreducing time

• Simplified Workflow byreducing steps

Figure 1. Primers designed to anneal to variousgenes (e.g. Gene A, B, and C) typically have differ-ent annealing temperatures (T1,T2 and T3). Tosimplify workflow and increase throughput theMultigene Optimax can perform up to six differentreactions, significantly reducing steps and time.

T1

Gene A Gene B Gene CT1: 51.7°C T2: 61°C T3: 65°C

T2

vs.

T3

Gene A

Gene B

Gene C

The new MultiGene™ OptiMax brings new speed and advanced features,providing premium performance at an affordable price. This simple toprogram unit is compact in design and is built to perform.Programming is intuitive using the large display and multiplepre-programmed templates supplied. The OptiMax comeswith standard built in 2-step, temperature optimization,touchdown and time increment protocols that areeasy to adjust to meet cycling requirements. Lidtemperature can be either turned down or offdepending on user needs. The faster ramp ratesallow more work to be done in a work day.OptiMax employs a new protocol optimisationprocess improving on older gradient features.The OptiMax utilises FlexTemp™ technology thateffectively separates the 96 well plate into 6 – (4 x 4)temperature regions that allow to the temperatures to beselected to test against. These regions are easily identified bythe blue and black squares visible on the microplate platen.Instead of having the thermal cycler choose temperatures, the user can chooseany temperatures they want within a 24°C range.

MultiGene™ OptiMax has fast heating rates of 5°C /sec and cooling at 3.5°C/sec. Overshooting andundershooting have been minimised so that reactions only see the temperatures they are supposed to see. (Seefigure) This also leads to faster runs time.

BCMGO MultiGene Optimax Thermal Cycler with 96 well block, 230V, for 96 x 0.2ml tubes or 1 x 96 well plate (Other block formats available)


• UNIQUE FLEXIBLE PROGRAMMING

WITH FLEXTEMP™ TECHNOLOGY

• FAST RAMP RATES 5°C HEATING /3.5°C COOLING

• IMPROVED WORKFLOW OVER

TRADITIONAL GRADIENT CYCLERS

• SIMPLE USER INTERFACE

• NO CONDENSATION AFTER

OVERNIGHT COOLING AT 4°C

• 3 YEAR WARRANTY

THERMAL CYCLER

mu

lig

en

e™

op

ima

x

SAMPLE CAPACITY 1 X 96 WELL PLATE, 12X 8 X 0.2ML STRIP TUBES, 96 X 0.2ML TUBES

PROGRAMMABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE 4°C TO 99.9°C

TEMPERATURE CONTROL CALCULATED OR BLOCK

TEMPERATURE ACCURACY/UNIFORMITY ±0.5°C/±0.5°C

HEATING/COOLING METHOD PELTIER

GRADIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE 30°C TO 99°C. TEMPERATURE OF 6-SEGMENT BLOCKS CAN BE SET INDEPENDENTLY

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE 24°C BETWEEN 6-SEGMENT TEMPERATURE BLOCKS

6-SEGMENT TEMPERATURE BLOCKS 6 TEMPERATURE BLOCKS IN 4 X 4 WELL FORMAT

PROGRAMMABLE LID TEMPERATURE 60° TO 65°C, 100° TO 115°C

PROGRAM MEMORY 200 COMPLETE PROGRAMS

TEMP. INCREMENTS/DECREMENTS YES

TIME INCREMENTS/DECREMENTS YES

USER PROGRAM FOLDERS 50 SETS

PASSWORD PROTECTED PROGRAMS YES

COMMUNICATION USB AND RS232 PORTS

DIMENSIONS (W X D X H), WEIGHT 24 X 42 X 25 CM, 9 KG

ELECTRICAL 240V OR 120V, 50/60 HZ


7474


AccessoriesMD-MP01-S Block for Microplate; Titerplate Plain Block for Single Block Unit OnlyMD-MP02-S Block for 96 wells deep Microplate or PCR plate for Single Block Unit OnlyMD-MP01-D Block for Microplate; Titerplate Plain Block for Dual Block Unit OnlyMD-MP02-D Block for 96 wells deep Microplate or PCR plate for Dual Block Unit OnlyMD-B0.5/1.5 Double side block: one side for 1.5 or 2.0 ml tube, 20 wells; Opposite side

for 0.5 ml tube, 30 wellsMD-B0.5PLUS1.5 Combination block : for 0.5 ml tube, 12 wells and for 1.5 or 2.0 ml tube,

12 wells (on the same side)MD-B0.2 Block for 0.2 ml tube, 64 wells or for 0.2 ml PCR strip tubes for 8 wells x 8

MD-B0.5 Block for 0.5 ml tube, 20 wellsMD-B1.5 Block for 1.5 ml tube, 20 wellsMD-B13 Block well size 13 mm, 20 wellsMD-B17 Block for 15 ml centrifuge tube, 12 wellsMD-B20 Block well size 20 mm, 12 wellsMD-B25 Block well size 25 mm, 6 wellsMD-B29 Block for 50 ml centrifuge tube, 4 wellsMD-RS232 RS232 CableMD-DSLW Single License Software Package for Datalogging

SINGLE BLOCKTCDB-01 The Cube Dry Bath Incubator (one block unit); without block 220V

DUAL BLOCKTCDB-02 The Cube Dry Bath Incubator (dual block unit); without block 220V

L A

• MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL WITH

DIGITAL PERFORMANCE FOR PRECISE,ACCURATE CONTROL

• WIDE TEMPERATURE CONTROL

RANGE WITH EXCELLENT

UNIFORMITY

• RAPID TEMPERATURE INCREASE RATE

• LCD SCREEN SHOWING TIMER AND

TEMPERATURE SIMULTANEOUSLY

• USER TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION

CAT. NO. TCDB-01 TCDB-02

NUMBER OF BLOCKS 1 2

DISPLAY LCD DISPLAY

HEATING POWER 125W 200W

DIMENSIONS, MM 15X15X13.5 MM 15X23X13.5 (W X L X H)

CONTROLLER DIGITAL MICROPROCESSOR

HEATING CHAMBER MOLDED ALUMINIUM ALLOYCHAMBER

TEMPERATURE RANGE 5°C ABOVE AMBIENT TO 150°C

TEMPERATURE INCREMENT 0.1°C

TEMP. UNIFORMITY AT 37°C WITHIN 0.2°C

TEMP. ACCURACY AT 37°C WITHIN 0.2°C

TEMP. CALIBRATION YES

TIMER UP TO 99 (HR) : 59 (MIN), CONTINUOUS

SAFETY LEAK PROOF HEATING CHAMBER OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION SSR FAILURE DETECTION

OPERATING TEMP. AMBIENT TO 40°C


CUBE digital dry baths areavailable in single and dualblock models, and comprise acomprehensive range ofinterchangeable blocks. Eachdigital dry bath is compactand easy-to-useInterchangeable quick-changeblocks have rapid heat-uptimes and reproducibletemperature uniformity andaccuracy, and may be used ina variety of applications,which include: restriction digestion, BUN, melting agar,coagulation studies, hybridisation, Hot Start PCR®reactions and DNA denaturation. Because of animpermeable moulded aluminium alloy block constructioneach Cube dry bath may also be adapted as a mini waterbath incubator if desired.

Both dry baths incorporate a digital microprocessor controllerfor accurate temperature control in 0.1°C increments fromambient +5°C to 150°C. Rapid and easy programming isfacilitated by the easy to use arrow keys on the sloped frontpanel, while both the temperature and running time are

shown simultaneously on the conspicuous dual digital LCDdisplay. Software options are available for data logging to aPC and computer control (please enquire).

MD-B0.5: 0.2ml tubes MD-B0.5: 0.5ml tubes MD-B0.5+1.5: 0.5/1.5ml tubes MD-B0.5/1.5: 0.5/1.5ml tubes MD-B1.5: 1.5ml tubes

MD-B13: 13mm Ø tubes MD-B17: 1 7mm Ø tubes MD-B20: 20mm Ø tubes MD-B25: 25mm Ø tubes MD-B29: 50ml cent. tube

MD-MP01-S: Microplate MD-MP02-S; Micro / PCR plate MD-MP01-D: Micro / Titerplate MD-MP02-D: Micro / PCR plate MS-BL95: Block Lifter

MICROBLOCK

75


MBDB-01 microBlock Digital Dry Bath with block lifter (Blocks sold separately)

MD-MINI-B01 Block, for 0.2ml tubes (PCR Strip Tube), 32 wells, 6.35mm, depth 19mm

MD-MINI-B02 Block, for 1.5ml tubes, 12 wells, 10.8mm, depth 28.5mm

MD-MINI-B03 Block, for 15ml tubes, 6 wells, 17.3mm, depth 70mm

MD-MINI-B04 Block, for 50ml tubes, 2 wells, 29.2mm, depth 72mm

MD-MINI-B05 Block, for 0.5ml tubes, 12 wells, 8.0mm, depth 25mm

MD-MINI-B06 Block, for 2.0ml or 1.5ml tubes, 12 wells, 11.0mm, depth 30mm

MD-MINI-B07 Block, for 1.5ml tubes, 12 wells, 10.9mm, depth 30mm

SWB-10L-1 Stirring Water Bath 10L with 1 built-in stirrer, includes lid

SWB-10L-2 Stirring Water Bath 10L with 2 built-in stirrers, includes lid

SWB-LID10 Transparent lid for 10L stirring water bath

SWB-20L-1 Stirring Water Bath 20L with 1 built-in stirrer, includes lid

SWB-20L-3 Stirring Water Bath 20L with 3 built-in stirrers, includes lid

SWB-LID20 Transparent lid for 20L stirring water bath

A powerful magnetic stirring mechanism combinedwith high wattage heating allows each stirringwater bath to maintain temperatures to amaximum 99°C. Available in 10 and 20 litre bathcapacities, these water baths comprise as many as3 stirrers for a maximum stirring speed of1800rpm. Each bath includes a highly visible front-panel LCD, reproducible microprocessor control oftemperature within 0.1°C increments, a corrosionresistant stainless steel interior and automaticalarm and safety shutdown mechanism.Optional data logging and PC controlsoftware is also available.

dig

ia

l d

Ry b

ah

• COMPACT, FITS IN THE PALM OF

YOUR HAND

• EXCHANGEABLE BLOCKS, FOR 0.2TO 50 ML TUBES

• DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL

• CLEAR COVER IMPROVES

TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY

• PORTABLE (WITH OPTIONAL 12VCAR ADAPTER)

THERMAL CYCLER

STIRRING WATER BATH

TEMPERATURE RANGE: AMBIENT +5 TO 100°C

TEMPERATURE ACCURACY: ± 0.25°C

TEMPERATURE INCREMENTS: 0.1°C

TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY: ± 0.2°C

DIMENSIONS: 13 X 15 X 10 CM

WEIGHT 600 G


• POWERFUL MAGNETIC STIRRING

MECHANISM

• STIRRING SPEED UP TO 1800RPM

• AVAILABLE IN 10 AND 20 LITRE

• REPRODUCIBLE TEMPERATURE

CONTROL WITHIN 0.1°C

SWB- 10L-1 10L-2 20L-1 20L-3

STIRRERS 1 2 1 3

CAPACITY (APPROX.) 10 L 10 L 20 L 20 L

INTERNAL 24X30X15CM 30X50X15CM DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE 5°C ABOVE AMBIENT TO 99°C

HEATING POWER 600 W 800 W

STIRRING SPEED 400 - 1500 RPM

TIMER UP TO 99 HR 59MIN, CONTINUOUS

TEMPERATURE 0.1°C

SAFETY WARNING INDICATOR ON SCREEN, WITH ALARM AND AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN


75

MD-MINI-B01 MD-MINI-B02 MD-MINI-B03

MD-MINI-B04 MD-MINI-B05 MD-MINI-B07

Benchtop control of sample temperature hasnever been this easy or economical. The newmicroBlock fits almost anywhere and can evenbe used "on-the-go" in cars, boats orwherever a 12 volt power source is available.Its simple touch pad control with digitaldisplay is designed for "set and walk away"temperature selection and unrivaled accuracy.At less than 10.5cm. wide, microBlock is trulythe first personal block incubator.

7676

EPRAK

COOLCUBE


BC-5003 EPRAK with 1.5ml Microtube Inserts, pk/30

BC-5004 EPRAK with 0.5ml Microtube Inserts, pk/30

BC-5008 EPRAK with 2.0ml Cryotube Inserts, pk/30

BC-5005 replacement 1.5ml Insert Trays, pk/30

BC-5006 replacement 0.5ml Insert Trays, pk/30

CLCB Coolcube Storage Rack

The Eprak is a low cost multi-purpose boxmanufactured in expanded polystyrene.

With its removable Insert Tray, it is ideal foruse as both a work station and storage boxfor microcentrifuge tubes, of both 1.5ml (50)and 0.5ml (72) capacities as well as 2.0mlcryotubes (36).

Eprak can be used along with either liquidnitrogen or dry ice for flash freezing ofsamples, or the expanded polystyrene InsertTray can be floated in a thermostaticallycontrolled bath to allow defrosting orincubation of tube contents.

• MAINTAINS 0°C FOR FOUR HOURS

• HOLDS BOTH MICROTUBES AND A

PCR PLATE

• CAN BE USED AS A PCRWORKSTATION

• IDEAL FOR LOW TEMPERATURE

STORAGE

• SUITABLE FOR 0.5ML AND 1.5ML

MICROTUBES + 2.0ML

CRYOTUBES

• IDEAL LOW COST

TRANSPORTATION

• COMPACT DESIGN

– 185 X 110 X 60MM

The CoolCube is designed to store samples safely onthe lab bench without sample degradation caused bytemperature increase or fluctuation. The CoolCubemaintains temperature at approximately 0°C for upto four hours. Simply place the CoolCube in a freezerovernight and it will be ready to use.

One side of the CoolCube can be used as aconvenient PCR workstation for 12 standard1.5/2.0ml microtubes with one 96 well PCR plate, or

with 12x 0.2ml strips or96x0.2ml tubes. The other sidemay be used to hold up to 36standard 1.5/2.0ml microtubes.

0 2 3 5 6

5

0

5

0

TEMPERATURE

(°C)

Time (hours)

0°C CoolCubeSample Temperature vs. Time

TEMPERATURE: 0°C FOR UP TO 4 HOURS

CAPACITY: 36 X 1.5ML 96 X 0.2ML 12 X 0.2ML PCR STRIPS

1 X 96 WELL PCR PLATE

DIMENSIONS: 142 X 142 X 63.5MM

WEIGHT: 900G

MATERIAL: DURASTAR POLYMER


LOW COST TUBE STORAGE

Lid

Insert Tray

Base • Removable Insert Tray floats in waterbath

• Defrosts or incubates tube contents

• Inserts can easily be trimmed to asmaller size

• Expanded polystyrene allowscontrolled temperature changes

• Can be used with crushed or dryice, water and liquid nitrogen

7777

CHILLETTE™


R-6650 Chillette 12 tube cooler for 0°C, Hold time: 8 hrs

R-6651 Chillette 12 tube cooler for -15°C, Hold time: 6 hrs

R-6650-5 Holder for 0.5ml tubes, pk/6

R6620 Chillette 20 personal tube cooler for 0°C, Hold time: 5 hrs

R6621 Chillette 20 personal tube cooler for -15°C, Hold time: 3 hrs

CSLIB Large IceCool Bath - White

CSLIBLID Lid for Large IceCool Bath - White

CSMIB Mini IceCool Bath - White

Chillette™-12 is a highly effective benchtop tube cooler smallenough to fit in the palm of a hand. In addition to bottom andside insulation, Chillette also has a screw cover filled with liquidrefrigerant which sends cold air down to the samples inside. Afterbeing kept in a -20°C freezer overnight, the 0° Chillette will keepsamples at 0°C or below for over 8 hours. The -15°C version willmaintain between -5° and -20°C for 6 hours. With a size of only105 x 118mm, it is ideal for transporting samples. Chillette isleakproof, requires no ice, and won’t wet the tubes or samples.

Chillette™-20 coolers provide safe storage for PCR re agents,cells, enzymes, etc. Simply place it in a freezer over night andit’s ready to stay cold on the bench for hours. Chillette 20 isstackable and its small footprint re quires little freezer space.Its re vers ible format accepts 0.5ml tubes on one side and1.5ml to 2.0ml tubes on the flip side.

BATHS

po

Ra

ble

ub

e c

oo

leR

• STAYS COOL WITHOUT ICE -SAMPLES WILL NOT GET WET

• MAINTAINS 0°C FOR UP TO

8 HOURS (CHILLETTE), 5 HOURS

(CHILLETTE-20)

• HOLDS 12 X 1.5ML OR 2.0ML

TUBES

Dimensions: 105 mm ø x 118mm 0.5ml tube

adapter 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0

-5

- 0

- 5

-20

-25

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (hours)

>48hr freeze t me

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 2 3

5

0

-5

- 0

- 5

-20

TEMPERATURE(°C)

Time (hours)

>48hr freeze t me

15°C ChilletteSample Temperature vs. Time

0°C ChilletteSample Temperature vs. Time

stackable

Chillette-20

A DURABLE PLASTIC CONSTRUCTION

A EASILY CLEANED

A EXCELLENT LONG TERM THERMALSTORAGE

IceCool Baths are constructed of durable plastic andoffer both robustness and long life. They will alsowithstand reasonable use with dry ice. Lids areavailable for the large bucket.

Dimensions: 108 x 165 x 102mm

0 2 3 4 5 6 7

5

0

5

- 0

Time (hours)

0°C Chillette 20 (R6620)Sample Temperature vs. Time

0 00 200

-5

-9

- 3

- 7

-2

-25

TEMPERATURE

(°C)

TEMPERATURE

(°C)

Time (minutes)

-15°C Chillette 20 (R6621)Sample Temperature vs. Time

nside rowoutside row

ICEC

OO

L

TOUGH-TAGS™

APPLICATIONSA MICROTUBES

A SIDEWALL

A LASER

A SLIDE

A SPOTS

A CRYOGENIC

A OVEN-SAFE

Standard Tough-Tags™ are manufactured in chemicallyinert polyester and have a strong adhesion to all plastics andother materials. Unlike conventional tape or paper materials,these labels will withstand steam-autoclaving, boiling waterbaths, freezing to -20°C*, plus brief contact with organicsolvents and caustic agents without peeling.

Convenient and Quick - Simply mark the matt label witha lab marker, peel it from the release paper, and press it onto the tube.

Centrifuge and Vortex Compatible - Microcentrifugetubes with wrap-around labels slide easily in and out ofrotors without binding. they are ideal for use with all brandsof centrifugal filters and concentrators. Tough-Tags are scuffand smear resistant, and cannot be removed by even themost vigorous shaking or vortexing.

Durable - Unlike paper and many other label materials, thisadvanced polyester material will not dry out or fall off.

Coloured - Available in white, clear and a variety of brightcolours for convenient identification of tubes and samples.

Sizes - Various sizes are available to suit the application.

LABE

LLIN

G

Hot Cold

Wet DRy

Formats - Tough-Tags™ are available in rolls or in sheetform for the processing of large numbers of samplesusing a laser or inkjet printer.

• NO DNA DAMAGE TO

SAMPLES

• SAFER FOR USER - NO

UV LIGHT

• HIGH PURITY LED LIGHT

• STRONG METAL

ENCLOSURE WITH

STAINLESS STEEL FILTER

FRAME

• FAST START UP

78


TTGP1000 Tough-Tags™, White, general purpose, 38 x 19mm, roll of 1000

TTSC1000 Tough-Tags™, Clear, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSW1000 Tough-Tags™, White, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSR1000 Tough-Tags™, Red, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSY1000 Tough-Tags™, Yellow, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSB1000 Tough-Tags™, Blue, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSG1000 Tough-Tags™, Green, small, 24 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLC1000 Tough-Tags™, Clear, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLW1000 Tough-Tags™, White, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLR1000 Tough-Tags™, Red, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLY1000 Tough-Tags™, Yellow, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLB1000 Tough-Tags™, Blue, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTLG1000 Tough-Tags™, Green, large, 32 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000

TTSWALL Sidewall Tough-Tags™, 38 x 6mm, roll of 1000 SIDE1000 Laser Sidewall Tough-Tags™, 38 x 6mm, 156 labels/sheet, 3120

Microtube Tough-Tags™ are designed for all types ofmicrocentrifuge tubes and vials. They are available in clear,white and a variety of colours in two sizes, small and large.

General Purpose Tough-Tags™ in white, are sized to fit avariety of laboratory containers, such as50ml plastic centrifuge tubes or glass testtubes.

Sidewall Tough-Tags™ are slender pre-cut 38 x 6mm labelsdesigned for the sidewalls of microtitre plates, petri dishesand other containers. These labels will withstand solvents,incubation in high humidity, boiling water baths and freezingto -20°C and may in certain circumstances be used to -70°Cwith caution.

microtube

sidewall

79

TOUGH-TAGS™

LASE

R


TTGP1050 Laser Tough-Tags™, General Purpose, 37 x 18.5mm, 60 labels/sheet, 1500

TSW2240 Laser Tough-Tags™, 23.5 x 12.5mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2975

TTLW2016 Laser Tough-Tags™, 31.5 x 12.5mm, 85 labels/sheet, 2125

LTTM1000 Laser Teeny Tough-Tags™, 23mm x 8mm, 154 labels/sheet, 3850

TTSWKK20 Laser Tough-Tags™, KissCut, 24 x 13mm, 160 labels/sheet, 3200

TTLWKK20 Laser Tough-Tags™, KissCut, 33 x 13mm, 126 labels/sheet, 2520

LTTI1000 Laser Tough-Tags™, KissCut, 25 x 25mm, 80 labels/sheet, 1600

BAKE250 Bake-Tags™, 38 x 19mm, 250

MISL1000 Laser Microscope Slide Tough-Tags™ Labels, 22 x 22mm, 96 labels/sheet, 2400

TTTNY Teeny Tough-Tags™, 21 x 7mm, 60 labels/sheet, 1500 TNYWTR Teeny Writer Pen, each

Laser Tough-Tags™ are sheets of pre-cutpeel-off Tough-Tags™ labels for all sizes ofmicrocentrifuge tube and glass vials etc. Theyare designed for the convenient labelling oflarge numbers of samples without having tomanually label each tube. Laser Tough-Tags™

are compatible with all brands of laser printerand are supplied complete with set-upinstructions for Microsoft® Word software.

Kiss-Cut Laser Tough-Tags™ offer anotheroption for laser printing. They have squarecorners with no spacing between each label.

• IDEAL FOR LABELLING LARGE

NUMBER OF SAMPLES

• COMPATIBLE WITH ALL BRANDS

OF LASER PRINTERS

• AVAILABLE IN 7 DIFFERENT SIZES

• IDEAL FOR LABELLING

PCR® TUBES

• WILL WITHSTAND THERMAL

CYCLING PROTOCOLS

teeny

Microscope Slide Tough-Tag™ labels are ideallysized for microscope slides. Labels will withstandincubation, boiling water baths and freezing to -20ºC. They will resist organic solvents andcaustic agents, and will not become brittle orpeel off during long term archival storage.Microscope slide labels are sold in convenientlaser-printable sheets ideal for labelling largenumbers of specimens.

laser microscope side

Specially engineered labels for thermal extremes (-196°C to +200°C),Bake-Tag™ labels are designed to survive almost any treatment or storageenvironment on almost any material found in the research and clinicallaboratory, without drying out, burning, melting, discolouring or peeling-off. These oven-safe marking labels will withstand extreme temperatureranges both wet and dry. Bake Tags™ will withstand conventional heatsterilising, autoclaving, cryogenic storage in liquid nitrogen and boilingwater baths.

bake tags™

Designed specifically for use with 0.2 or 0.5ml polypropylenePCR® reaction tube, these unique PCR Teeny Tough-Tags™ willwithstand thermal-cycling, autoclaving, boiling water baths andfreezing to 80°C. Teeny Tough-Tags™ will withstand briefcontact with organic solvents, caustic agents plus otherchallenges without peeling, drying out or falling off. Use theultra-fine Teeny Writer Pen to write on these small labels.

80


TSPOTS Tough-Spots™, White, small, 9.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTSR Tough-Spots™ , Red, small, 9.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTSY Tough-Spots™ , Yellow, small, 9.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTSB Tough-Spots™ , Blue, small, 9.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTSG Tough-Spots™ , Green, small, 9.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOT50 Tough-Spots™ , White, large, 12.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOT50R Tough-Spots™ , Red, large, 2.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOT50Y Tough-Spots™ , Yellow, large, 12.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOT50B Tough-Spots™ , Blue, large, 12.5mm ø, roll of 1000

SPOT50G Tough-Spots™ , Green, large, 12.5mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTS75 Tough-Spots™ , White, 19mm ø, roll of 1000

TSPOTS100 Tough-Spots™ , White, 25mm ø, roll of 1000

CRY-1000 Cryo-Babies™, 32.5 x 12.5mm, roll of 1000 CRY-2000 Cryo-Tags™, 38 x 19mm, roll of 1000

SPOT1000 Laser Tough-Spots™, White, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT1100 Laser Tough-Spots™, Blue, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT1200 Laser Tough-Spots™, Green, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT1300 Laser Tough-Spots™, Orange, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT1400 Laser Tough-Spots™, Red, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT1500 Laser Tough-Spots™, Yellow, small, 9.5mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2000 Laser Tough-Spots™, White, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2100 Laser Tough-Spots™, Blue, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2200 Laser Tough-Spots™, Green, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2300 Laser Tough-Spots™, Orange, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2400 Laser Tough-Spots™, Red, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT2500 Laser Tough-Spots™, Yellow, large, 13mm ø, 192 labels/sheet, 3640

SPOT3000 Laser Tough-Spots™, White, 19mm ø, 108 labels/sheet, 2160

SPOT4000 Laser Tough-Spots™, White, 25mm ø, 63 labels/sheet, 1260

The cryogenic series of Tough-Tags™ are pre-cut labels designed for thelabelling of microcentrifuge tubes and vials for use at extremes of temperatures.These unique labels will withstand conventional freezing and cryogenic liquidnitrogen storage down to -196°C (for both vapour and liquid phase nitrogen).Additionally, they are chemically resistant and will withstand boiling water bathsat 100°C and dry heat to 150°C without cracking, peeling or degrading.

Cryo-Babies™ are 32.5 x 12.5mm in size and are designed for 1.5ml microtubesand standard cryovials, while the larger Cryo-Tag™ labels are ideal for identifyingtest tubes, bottles, flasks, vials and freezer boxes.

Both Cryo-Babies™ & Cryo-Tags™ are available in laser- or inkjet-printable sheetsfor processing large numbers of sample labels.

Tough-Tag™ Tough-Spots™ are pre-cut, peel-offdots for microcentrifuge, centrifuge, sample & testtubes. Available in 5 colours plus a special forradioactive warning labelling, they offer easy sampleand tube identification. Tough-Spots™ have all thechemical and physical characteristics of standardTough-Tags™. Spots are available in a 9.5mm,12.5mm,19mm and 25mm diameter sizes.

Laser Tough-Spots™ are pre-cut sheets of dots for labelling microcentrifugetubes and cryogenic vials. These Spots will withstand conventional and cryogenicstorage conditions down to -196°C (for both vapour and liquid phase nitrogen).Laser Tough-Spots™ are chemically resistant and will withstand boiling water bathsat 100°C and dry heat to 150°C without cracking, peeling or degrading. LaserTough-Spots™ resist water soaking at room temperature and water vapour (100%relative humidity) at 35°C for at least 24 hours.

SP

OTS

laser SPOTS

Cryo-Babies forsmall tubes

cryogenic

• IDEAL FOR LABELLING ALL SORTS

OF MICROTUBES AND

CENTRIFUGE TUBES

• AVAILABLE IN 5 DIFFERENT

COLOURS FOR EASY SAMPLE

IDENTIFICATION

• IDEAL FOR LABELLING ALL SORTS

OF MICROTUBES AND CENTRIFUGE

TUBES

• AVAILABLE IN 5 DIFFERENT

COLOURS FOR EASY SAMPLE

IDENTIFICATION

• CRYO-TAGS™ WITHSTAND

EXTREMES IN TEMPERATURE,DOWN TO -196°C

• AVAILABLE IN TWO SIZES FOR USE

WITH MICRO/CRYOTUBES AND

CENTRIFUGE TUBES

TOUGH-TAGS™

81

CRYO-TAGS™

lase

r Laser Tough-Tags™ are sheets of pre-cutpeel-off Tough-Tags™ labels for all sizes ofmicrocentrifuge tube and glass vials etc. Theyare designed for the convenient labelling oflarge numbers of samples without having tomanually label each tube. Laser Tough-Tags™

are compatible with all brands of laser printerand are supplied complete with set-upinstructions for Microsoft® Word software.

Kiss-Cut Laser Tough-Tags™ offer another optionfor laser printing. They have square corners withno spacing between each label.

Cryo-Tags™ for laser printers are available in a wide variety of sizes formicrotubes, cryo-tubes and other cryogenic containers and equipment. Nowavailable in a variety of colours, Blue, Green, Orange, Red and Yellow, they aretherefore ideal for colour coding samples.

• TEMPERATURE RESISTANT -FROM 150ºC (DRY HEAT) TO -196°C (VAPOUR AND LIQUID

PHASE NITROGEN)

• IDEALLY SIZED - FITS ON A WIDE

RANGE OF VIALS AND OTHER

CONTAINERS

• DURABLE - CRYO-TAGS ARE

CHEMICAL, WATER AND

MOISTURE RESISTANT

• NOW AVAILABLE IN A VARIETY

OF COLOURS

Self-adhesive IdentiTapes aredesigned to provide the perfectsolution to a wide variety oflabelling requirements. They are oil-proof, waterproof and acid resistant tapeswhich will withstand temperature extremesof -20°C to over +121°C. They will adhereto surfaces such as glass, plastic, metal,paper, rubber and any other dry surface yetcan be easily removed with no adhesiveresidue being left on the original surface.IDentiTapes can be written on with ballpoint pen, pencil, felt markers.

• IDENTIFY SAMPLES EASILY

• OIL, WATER AND ACID RESISTANT

• PAPER BASED

• WITHSTANDS EXTREMES IN

TEMPERATURES, -20°C TO

+121.1°C

• IDEAL FOR USE IN A FREEZER,REFRIGERATOR OR INCUBATOR

• NO ADHESIVE RESIDUE LEFT WHEN

REMOVED

• SURFACE CAN BE WRITTEN ON

WITH PEN, PENCIL OR LAB

MARKER


LCRY1700 Laser Cryo-Babies™, White, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1700R Laser Cryo-Babies™, Red, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1700Y Laser Cryo-Babies™, Yellow, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1700B Laser Cryo-Babies™, Blue, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1700G Laser Cryo-Babies™, Green, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1700O Laser Cryo-Babies™, Orange, 33 x 13mm, 85 labels/sheet, 1700

LCRY1000 Laser Cryo-Tags™, Cut to size, White, 216 x 297mm, blank

LCRY1100 Laser Cryo-Tags™, Cryo Vial, White, 43 x 19mm, 52 labels/sheet, 1040

LCRY1200 Laser Cryo-Tags™, Rack & Box, White, 38 x 19mm, 60 labels/sheet, 1200

LCRY1258 Laser Cryo-Tags™, Rack & Box, White, 67 x 25mm, 30 labels/sheet, 30

LCRY2380 Laser Cryo-Tags™, White, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY2380R Laser Cryo-Tags™, Red, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY2380Y Laser Cryo-Tags™, Yellow, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY2380B Laser Cryo-Tags™, Blue, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY2380G Laser Cryo-Tags™, Green, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY2380O Laser Cryo-Tags™, Orange, 24 x 13mm, 119 labels/sheet, 2380

LCRY3020 Laser Cryo-Tags™, White, 76 x 51mm, 12 labels/sheet, 150

IDENTITAPES

Width / Length 12.7mm / 12.7m 19.0mm / 12.7m 25.4mm / 12.7m 12.7mm / 55m 19.0mm / 55m 25.4mm / 55mWhite ST-12/W ST-34/W ST-10/W ST-120/W ST-340/W ST-100/WGreen ST-12/G ST-34/G ST-10/G ST-120/G ST-340/G ST-100/GYellow ST-12/Y ST-34/Y ST-10/Y ST-120/Y ST-340/Y ST-100/YRed ST-12/R ST-34/R ST-1/0R ST-120/R ST-340/R ST-100/RPink ST-12/P ST-34/P ST-10/P ST-120/P ST-340/P ST-100/POrange ST-12/O ST-34/O ST-10/O ST-120/O ST-340/O ST-100/OBlue ST-12/B ST-34/B ST-10/B ST-120/B ST-340/B ST-100/BViolet ST-12/V ST-34/V ST-10/V ST-120/V ST-340/V ST-100/V

IDENTITAPES

82

RADIATION SAFETY


BETA GAMMAS1 S1G Small Fixed 15° Angle - Flat Base 30 x 45cm, Base 30 x 30cm

S1T S1TG Small Fixed 15° Angle - Curved Base 30 x 45cm

S2 S2G Large Fixed 15° Angle - Flat Base 35 x 53cm, Base 35 x 30cm

S2T S2TG Large Fixed 15° Angle - Curved Base 35 x 53cm

S1O S1OG Small Fixed 45° Angle - Flat Base 30 x 45cm, Base 30 x 30cm

S1OT S1OTG Small Fixed 45° Angle - Curved Base 30 x 45cm

S2O S2OG Large Fixed 45° Angle - Flat Base 35 x 60cm, Base 30 x 30cm

S2OT S2OTG Large Fixed 45° Angle - Curved Base 35 x 60cm

BETA GAMMAS3 S3G 3-Sided Front 46 x 50cm, Sides 30 x 50cm

S4 S4G Hourglass Shield - Flat Base 30 x 45cm, Base 30 x 30cm

S4T S4TG Hourglass Shield - Curved Base 30 x 45cm

SFLEXI SFLEXIG Shield - Adjustable 35 x 54 or 54 x 35cm

SF SFG Base Plate 45 x 41cm

- SDUO DuoShield - Curved Base, Beta/Gamma 30 x 45cm

- SFLEXITG Shield - Adjustable, 35 x 54 or 54 x 35cm, 35mm thick

CAB CABG Beta Work Cabinet, 49 x 55 x 37cm

Tray Size Radiation Hazard Tray, Yellow BioHazard Tray, White General Purpose Tray, White APET liners, pk 2546 x 26cm TY1 TO1 TW1 TL1

54 x 34cm TY2 TO2 TW2 TL2





A

– 185 X 110 X 60MM

SHIE

LDIN

GAVAILABLE IN STANDARD 10MMBETA-PROTECTING ACRYLIC, 12MMGAMMA-ATTENUATING LEADACRYLIC AND ALSO AS DUOSHIELDING FOR PROTECTIONAGAINST BOTH TYPES OFEMISSION, THIS COMPREHENSIVERANGE OF RADIATION SAFETYPRODUCTS COMPRISES A LARGESELECTION OF SHIELDS, BOXES,WASTE BINS, TRAYS, PLUSASSORTED ACCESSORIES ANDCABINETS.

Shields

Supplied in small, medium and large sizes and with curved base 15cm-deep for use with safety trays or flat 30x30cm base forunder-the-bench protection. A range of angles offers increased manoeuvrability, while clear optical acrylic aids

Cabinets

These cabinets provide a convenient area to carryout work with beta and gamma emitting isotopeswith complete all round protection. Each cabinet’s49 x 55 x 37cm dimensions offer a large workingarea without impeding vision, either in a standing orseated position.

SPIL

LTRA

YS

AND LINERSTrays and Liners

Available in general purpose, biohazard and radiationsafety formats, spilltrays provide a re-usable work areawith the added benefit of safe containment of spillagesand lab bench protection. All trays supplied with onefree liner when purchased. Additional environmentallyfriendly APET liners provided in packs of 25.

83

and Waste bins


BETA GAMMA Box SizeB0.4 B0.4G MiniBox 5.5 x 8.5 x 8.5cm B0.8 B0.8G MidiBox 6 x 16.5 x 8.5cm B6.5 B6.5G MaxiBox 14 x 28 x 16.5cm B3.5 B3.5G Box for four way racks 14 x 17.5 x 15cmB8 B8G Transport Box 7.5 x 29.5 x 38cm

BETA GAMMA Box SizeBDUO BDUOG Duo Box 7 x 10 x6cm BLOCK BLOCKG Block for 4 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes 5 x 3.5 x 14cm BLOCKL BLOCKLG Cover for B4 1 x 3.5 x 14cm STORE STOREG Beta-Storage/Transport Block 7 x 15 x 12cm COV COVG Carboy Cover 59 x 38 x 38cm

BETA GAMMA Box SizeB1 B1G 1L, use with bag BAG1 13 x 10 x 8cm B2TIP B2TIPG 2L, use with bag BAG1 13 x 13x 13cm B2MCTIP B2MCTIPG 2L, use with bag BAG1 13 x 13x 13cm B3 B3G 3.3L, use with bag BAG1 15 x 15 x 15cm B10 B10G 10L, use with bag BAG2 25 x 20 x 20cm B15 B15G 15L, use with bag BAG2 29.5 x 21.5 x 23.5cm

BETA GAMMA Box SizeB5TIP - Large 5L, use with bag BAG2 33 x 13 x 13cm B20 B20G 20L, use with bag BAG5 38 x 21.5 x 23.5cm B53 B53G 53L, use with bag BAG5 40 x 49 x 27cm B47 - 47L with Wheels, use with bag BAG6 58 x 28.5 x 27cm B122 - 122L with Wheels, use with bag BAG6 74 x 41 x 41cm

BETA GAMMA PB2 PB2G Pipette Shield - Biohit PS1000 BetaPB1 PB1G Pipette Shield - Biohit PS200 BetaPB3 PB3G Pipette Shield - Biohit PS5000 BetaPG3 PG3G Pipette Shield - Gilson P1000 BetaPG1 PG1G Pipette Shield - Gilson P20/100 BetaPG2 PG2G Pipette Shield - Gilson P200 Beta

LABS Radiation Labels, pk/25 25x25mmLABL Radiation Labels, pk/25 50x50mmRADTAPE Radiation Tape, pk/25 25mm x 66m

R1.5 Mini Box Insert - 16 x 1.5ml tubes R50 Maxi Box Insert - 8 x 50ml Centrifuge tubes R0.5 Mini Box Insert - 20 x 0.5ml tubes R3F Maxi Box Insert - 3 x Falcon tubes, 8 x 1.5ml tubes R1.5L Midi Box Insert - 32 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes R2F Maxi Box Insert - 2 x Falcon tubes, 8 x 1.5ml tubes R0.5L Midi Box Insert - 40 x 0.5ml Eppendorf tubes

R20 Maxi Box Insert - 8 x 20ml Scintillation vials RDUO Midi Box Insert - 16 x 1.5 and 16 x 0.5ml tubes R5 Maxi Box Insert - 15 x 5ml Scintillation vials R2 Midi Box Insert - 32 x 2ml Cryotubes RU Maxi Box Insert - 8 x Universals R15 Maxi Box Insert - 15 x 15ml Centrifuge tubes

so

Ra

ge b

oxes

Ra

ck

s

These storage boxes are manufacturedwith hinged lids and accommodateinterchangeable inserts that holdmicrotubes, centrifuge tubes, scintillationvials, universals, cryotubes and falcontubes. Also supplied is our range of floor-standing and benchtop bins with anti-slipfeet and hinged lids. These serve as anideal solution for short-term storage ofradioactive waste or radioisotopes. Boththe Beta and Gamma storage bins areavailable in five sizes, while the twolargest bin models have wheels for easytransportation. Optional heavy dutydrawstring bags may also be purchased.

Accessories

Other accessories available include pipetteguards, radiation tape and warning signs andlabels.

84

BALANCES

A IDEAL FOR LOW TEMPERATURESTORAGE

A SUITABLE FOR 0.5ML AND1.5ML MICROTUBES + 2.0MLCRYOTUBES

A IDEAL LOW COSTTRANSPORTATION

A COMPACT DESIGN– 185 X 110 X 60MM

BALANCES AND SCALES FROMADAM EQUIPMENT MEET THEAPPLICATION NEEDS OF THELABORATORY, EDUCATIONAL,INDUSTRIAL, RETAIL AND MEDICALFIELDS.FROM RESEARCH ANALYTICALBALANCES TO COMPACT BALANCESAND INDUSTRIAL SCALES, ADAMEQUIPMENT HAS BEEN PRODUCINGWEIGHING SCALES, BALANCES ANDMASS MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOROVER 40 YEARS.

Model Model Capacity Readability Platform size

NBL 84e NBL 84i 80g 0.0001g 90mm Ø

NBL 124e NBL 124i 120g 0.0001g 90mm Ø

NBL 164e NBL 164i 160g 0.0001g 90mm Ø

NBL 214e NBL 214i 210g 0.0001g 90mm Ø

NBL 254e NBL 254i 250g 0.0001g 90mm Ø

e models are external calibration; i models are internal calibration

Model Model Capacity Readability Platform size

NBL 223e NBL 223i 220g 0.001g 120mm Ø

NBL 423e NBL 423i 420g 0.001g 120mm Ø

NBL 623e NBL 623i 620g 0.001g 160mm Ø

NBL 823e NBL 823i 820g 0.001g 160mm Ø

NBL 1602e NBL 1602i 1600g 0.01g 160mm Ø

NBL 2602e NBL 2602i 2600g 0.01g 160mm Ø

NBL 3602e NBL 3602i 3600g 0.01g 160mm Ø

NBL 4602e NBL 4602i 4600g 0.01g 160mm Ø

NBL 4201e - 4200g 0.1g 160mm Ø

NBL 6201e - 6200g 0.1g 160mm Ø

NBL 8201e - 8.2kg 0.1g 160mm Ø

NBL 12001e - 12kg 0.1g 400×300mm

NBL 16001e - 16kg 0.1g 400×300mm

NBL 22001e - 22kg 0.1g 400×300mm

e models are external calibration; i models are internal calibration

• Backlit LCD display• Colour coded keys• Level indicator with

adjustable levelling feet• Robust metal housing

• Sealed keypad• External calibration• Pan lifter to easily remove

samples

• Backlit LCD display• Colour coded keys• Sealed keypad• Removable draft

shield supplied on0.001g readabilities

• Robust metalhousing

• External calibration• Level indicator with

adjustable levellingfeet

• Built-in memories for storingproducts and settings

• 3 settings for heatingsample fast ramp up, stepand standard

• Automatic test start settingfor when the lid is closed

• Date and time• Full range tare• Zero Tracking• Quick and easy to configure

through the keypad• Multilingual display• Large backlit display with

dual text prompts• Capacity tracker• Non-slip adjustable levelling

feet• Colour coded, sealed keypad

• Large stainless steel pan• Overload protection• Splashproof to protect from

accidental spills• Spirit Level• Single Halogen Lamp 400W• Calibration facilities for

temperature and weight

The PMB’s fast response time and easy-to-usefunctionality make it the ideal moisture analyserfor a range of different applications. Theautomatic test setting function lets you quicklyrun multiple tests without additional user inputand the built-in memories lets you storethat data for future reference. ThePMB offers smart features thathave been developed to give youthe ultimate performance formoisture analysis.

precision

moisture analyser

Model Capacity Readability Platform size

PMB 53 50g 0.001g /0.01% 3.9 Ø / 100mm Ø

PMB 202 200g 0.01g /0.05% 3.9 Ø / 100mm Ø

Designed for scientists, the Nimbus series of balancesoffers 15 models that deliver a full breadth of precisionreadabilities ranging from 0.1mg to 0.1g. Innovativedesign enables a reduction of the balance’s footprint, soit occupies less space but retains the highest level ofperformance. A single piece of extruded aluminium formsthe balance base. The aluminium provides superiorthermal transfer for a more regulated temperature, whilethe solid core is more rigid, offering greater stability andenabling highly repeatable results. The internalmechanism is fabricated using hardened materials,helping the Nimbus tolerate rigorous laboratory use.Crafted from a single block, the weighing sensor in theNimbus contains fewer parts than a traditional forcemotor balance. Highly efficient mechanics plus improvedprocessing power of the electronics leads to moreaccurate results.

anal

ytic

al

85

BALANCES

Best choice for simple operation and economy

• 15 weighing units• Zero Tracking• Backlit LCD display• Capacity tracker• ShockProtect™ overload three-point

protection• Can be stacked for storage (120mm

pan size only)• Removable draught shield (120mm

pan size only)• Stainless steel pan• Non-slip adjustable levelling feet• Below balance weighing with hanger• Colour coded, sealed keypad

• Dual tare keys• Auto power off• Low battery indication• DC Adapter

• 9 weighing units• Full range tare• Zero Tracking• Simple 4 button operation• Backlit LCD display• Stainless steel pan• ShockProtect™ overload three-

point protection• Can be stacked for storage

(120mm pan size only)• Dual tare keys• Lightweight and portable• Modern low profile design• Colour coded, sealed keypad• Low cost and simple to use• External calibration

• Battery power (6 x AA Batteries)• Auto sleep / power down function

to save battery life• AC Adapter

• Easy to use keypad• Portable with battery power• Stainless steel pan• g, oz and lb

• 304 stainless steelremoveable top pan

• optional mains adaptor

• 3 Weighing units (g, lb, oz)• Full range tare• Zero Tracking• Large easy to read LCD display• Overload protection• Colour coded, sealed keypad• Lightweight and portable• Simple user-friendly operation• Precision load cell technology• Splashproof to protect from

accidental spills• External calibration• Low battery indication

• Auto sleep / power downfunction to save battery life


CQT 202 200g 0.01g 120mm Ø

CQT 251 250g 0.1g 120mm Ø

CQT 601 600g 0.1g 120mm Ø

CQT 1501 1500g 0.1g 120mm Ø

CQT 2601 2600g 0.1g 145mm Ø

CQT 2000 2000g 1g 145mm Ø

CQT 5000 5000g 1g 145mm Ø

portable

compact

compact


HCB 123 120g 0.001g 120mm Ø

HCB 153 150g 0.005g 120mm Ø

HCB 302 300g 0.01g 120mm Ø

HCB 602H 600g 0.01g 120mm Ø

HCB 602 600g 0.02g 120mm Ø

HCB 1002 1000g 0.01g 120mm Ø

HCB 1502 1500g 0.05g 120mm Ø

HCB 3001 3000g 0.1g 120mm Ø


DCT 201 200g 0.1g 145×145mm

DCT 2000 2000g 1g 145×145mm

DCT 5000 5000g 2g 145×145mm


CB 501 500g 0.1g 130mm Ø

CB 1001 1000g 0.1g 130mm Ø

CB 3000 3000g 1g 130mm Ø

compact

Your local distributor is:

Contents

• horizontal gel systems page 2• horizontal electrophoresis consumables page 14• runVIEW real-time gel electrophoresis page 20• COMET assay page 24• clinical electrophoresis, cllulose acetate page 26• safety cabinets page 29• vertical gel systems page 30

incl. mini, mini-wide, WAVE maxi and large format• isoelectric focusing and 2D omniPAGE page 44• omniPAGE-DGGE vertical slab gel systems page 46• blotting page 48• membranes, buffers, stains page 50• power supplies page 52• gel visualisation page 56• gel drying page 58• gel documentation & analysis page 60• rockers and shakers page 64 • hybridisation incubators page 66• microcentrifuges page 68• thermal cycler page 71 • heating baths page 72 • single and multi channel pipettes page 74 • microcentrifuge tube storage and chillers page 74• benchtop chillers page 55 • labelling tapes page 78 • radiation shielding pages82 • balances, top-pan and analytical page 84

For Terms and Conditions, please call. Please note that specifications and product colour are subject to change withut notice.

Documents

Rigrunner online cat 15